Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management / Canadian Western Bank / FY2023 Annual Report

Canadian Western Bank
Annual Report 2023

CWB · TSX Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker CWB
Exchange TSX
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Canadian Western Bank
Loading PDF…
T A R G E T E D   P E R F O R M A N C E

Annual Report
202 3

TABLE OF 
CONTENTS

Message From  
President & CEO.....03

Message From  
Chair of the Board ..08

Management’s  
Discussion and  
Analysis ................. 14

Consolidated 
Financial  
Statements ............59

Shareholder  
Information .......... 108

Five Year Financial  
Summary ............. 109

About Us

CWB Financial Group (CWB) is the only full-service bank in Canada with a strategic focus to meet the unique financial needs 
of businesses and their owners. We provide our nationwide clients with full-service business and personal banking, specialized 
financing, comprehensive wealth management offerings, and trust services. Clients choose CWB for a differentiated level of 
service through specialized expertise, customized solutions, and faster response times relative to the competition. Our people take 
the time to understand our clients and their business, and work as a united team to provide holistic solutions and advice. We are 
firmly committed to the responsible creation of value for all our stakeholders and our approach to sustainability will support our 
continued success. Learn more at www.cwb.com.

Our Values

PEOPLE  
FIRST

RELATIONSHIPS 
GET RESULTS

EMBRACE 
THE NEW

THE HOW 
MATTERS

INCLUSION 
HAS POWER

Caring people are the 
key to our success. 
We work as a team 
and support one 
another. We always 
treat each other with 
respect and have the 
courage to be candid.

Clients choose 
CWB for the best 
experience. We 
build relationships 
proactively, with 
intention and 
consistency. Our 
results depend on it.

Change is everywhere. 
We seek out new ideas 
and are committed  
to continuous learning. 
We know that better  
is always possible.

How we do things is as 
important as what we 
do. We take ownership, 
and move with urgency 
and efficiency. We 
always act with 
integrity, and balance 
risk and reward.

Diverse teams 
unleash new ideas 
and perspectives. We 
are aware of our own 
biases. We are proud 
of who we are, and 
we are allies for those 
around us. 

Connect with us:

CWB.COM

OUR VISION

To be the best full-service bank  
for business owners in Canada

OUR STRATEGIC DIRECTION

Provide an unrivaled 
client experience 
tailored for business 
owners and their 
families.

Offer an engaging 
employee experience 
and culture for 
our inclusive and 
performance-driven 
teams. 

Deliver an efficient 
and resilient 
business that drives 
sustained growth of 
our profitability.

CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |    1

Strategic priorities

With a proven business model, performance-driven teams, and client-focused culture, we believe our strategic investments will 
accelerate growth of full-service client relationships, position CWB as a destination for top talent and meaningfully expand returns 
for our investors. Investment priorities within our strategic direction will enhance our ability to: 

Continue to augment 
our digital and payments 
platform and cash management 
tools for clients.

Streamline our operating 
model and processes for 
greater efficiency and faster 

turnaround to clients.  

Deliver elevated wealth 
management and personal 
banking for business owners 
and their families. 

Expand our addressable 
market across Canada, 
including further market 

penetration in Ontario.

Continue to grow and 
diversify funding with low- 
cost branch-raised deposits.

Optimize capital allocation 
to deliver strong, sustainable risk-

adjusted returns.

WHY INVEST IN CWB?

We are the only 
full-service bank 
in Canada with 
a focus to create 
an unrivalled 
experience for 
business owners and 

their families. 

Significant 
opportunity to 
continue to grow 
our market share 
in an underserved 

midmarket 

commercial segment 

and in Ontario. 

Prudent risk 
management 
supports a strong 

and resilient balance 

sheet. 

Demonstrated 
history of strong, 
stable financial 
results through 
business cycles.

2    |    CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report

MESSAGE FROM  
PRESIDENT AND CEO

Chris Fowler

FOCUSED PERFORMANCE DELIVERS STRONG FINANCIAL RESULTS

Our clients continue to choose CWB for a differentiated 
level of service through specialized expertise, customized 
solutions, and faster response times relative to our 
competitors. Our people take the time to understand our 
clients and their businesses, and work as a united team to 
provide holistic solutions and advice. In the challenging 
economic backdrop of 2023 that included persistent 
inflation, increasing interest rates, lower economic growth, 
and significant volatility in the global banking industry we 
delivered overall performance that confirmed the strength 
and resilience of our strategy as the best full-service bank for 
business owners in Canada.

While the external environment dampened financial results 
through the first half of the year, we successfully adapted by 
targeting lending opportunities to optimize returns within a 
prudent risk appetite and continued to enhance our client 

offering while proactively managing our expenses. Our 
financial performance improved as the year progressed 
and we continued our trend of low levels of credit losses 
(figure 3) supported by our secured lending model, prudent 
underwriting practices, and proactive loan management. 

We exited the fiscal year with strong earnings momentum, 
increased capital ratios, and a resilient balance sheet. 
We will also benefit from the changes we executed late 
in fiscal 2023 to increase our operational efficiency and 
redeploy resources to priority activities consistent with 
our differentiated strategy. We are well positioned to 
create value for our investors in the year ahead as we 
continue to win relationships with business owners and 
their families, follow our prudent and secured lending 
approach and proactively manage our expenses to drive 
positive operating leverage.

CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |    3

FROM TOUGH TIMES TO INSANELY BUSY TIMES, 
CWB HAS ALWAYS BEEN THERE READY  
TO HELP ABOVE AND BEYOND.”

–CWB Client

A WINNING TEAM AND INCLUSIVE CULTURE

We are committed to building on our inclusive culture and 
creating opportunities and growth for strong talent in an 
organization where skill and performance is recognized, 
rewarded, and celebrated. We placed within the top 25 on this 
year’s Best WorkplacesTM in Canada for the second year in a 
row and we were recognized by Waterstone Human Capital as 
having one of Canada’s Most Admired Corporate CulturesTM 
for the fourth time, earning a place in their hall of fame. 

CWB has been recognized for these awards as our teams 
continue to go above and beyond for our clients in challenging 
environments by rapidly adapting to changing conditions. In 
2024, we will celebrate our 40th year with our talented teams 
providing exceptional service to our business owner clients 
with full-service business and personal banking, specialized 
financing, comprehensive wealth management offerings, and 
trust services.

POSITIONED FOR CONTINUED MOMENTUM

We delivered another year of very strong growth in Ontario 
supported by our existing full-service banking centres in 
Mississauga and Markham. Our teams have grown loans 
in the province by an average of 11% annually over the last 
five years (figure 1). Next year, we plan to open new banking 
centres in Toronto’s financial district and in Kitchener to 
continue to build brand awareness in Ontario and capitalize 
on a significant growth opportunity. 

General commercial lending to business owners is our core 
strategic target for growth as it represents a broad section of 
the Canadian economy that we believe is underserved by other 
banks. To capitalize on the opportunity to increase our market 
share in this segment, we continue to enhance our capabilities 
through an expanded partnership with Brim Financial to offer 
new business credit cards and are preparing to launch a 
commercial digital cash management and payments platform 
for our commercial clients in the near future. With this 
strategic focus we have delivered 10% general commercial 
loan growth in the last year, with strong results across the 
country. This performance has supported 13% average annual 
loan growth in this category over the last five years (figure 2). 
Our strategic effort to convert our clients from single product 
to broader full-service relationships has supported 11% annual 
growth of branch-raised deposits1 over the last five years, while 
we have grown total loans 7% annually over the same period.

(1) Non-GAAP measure – refer to definitions and detail provided on page 16.

The changes we made late in fiscal 2023 streamline 
our operations to drive priority activities that take full 
advantage of our investments in modernized technology, 
digital capabilities, and further leverage our enhanced 
credit decisioning tools and processes. With these changes 
I am confident in our ability to deliver strong financial 
performance in a potentially volatile environment, while 
our teams continue to deliver an unrivalled experience to 
business owners and their families. 

In closing, I would like to express my gratitude to our 
clients for providing our teams the opportunity to be 
a trusted partner to support their success, and to our 
shareholders for their continued commitment and support. 
I would also like to thank each of our team members for 
their efforts during a challenging environment. Through 
their efforts we have built a strong, resilient bank and are 
well positioned to create value for all our stakeholders 
going forward.

Chris Fowler
President and Chief Executive Officer

4    |    CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report

FIGURE 1

FIGURE 2

DIVERSIFYING LOANS  
BY PROVINCE (%)

DIVERSIFYING LOANS  
BY LENDING SECTOR (%)

1

8

2 0 2 3

37

28

5YR CAGR

13%

General 
Commercial 
Loans

15

2 0 1 8

19

16

18

20

19

19

General commercial loans

Commercial mortgages

Personal loans and mortgages

Equipment financing and leasing

Real estate project loans

Oil and gas production loans

British Columbia

Alberta

Ontario

Remainder

FIGURE 3
STRONG CREDIT QUALITY   %

0.90

0.60

0.30

0.00

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

21

22

22

23

(1) Non-GAAP measure – refer to definitions and detail provided on page 16.

Our five-year and ten-year average 
write-offs as a percentage of 
average loans(1) are 16 and 17 basis 
points, respectively.

   Gross impaired loans as a % of gross loans
  Write-offs as a % of average loans(1)

REVENUE  $ MILLIONS

PRE-TAX, PRE-PROVISON 
INCOME(1)   $ MILLIONS

DILUTED EPS   $/SHARE

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

1,113

500

400

300

200

100

0

528

3.50

3.00

2.50

2.00

1.50

1.00

0.50

0

3.38

19

20

21

22

23

19

20

21

22

23

19

20

21

22

23

(1) Non-GAAP measure – refer to definitions and detail provided on page 16.

CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |    5

11%OntarioLoans5YR CAGR303432322113132520182023Executive Committee

Chris  
Fowler

President and Chief  
Executive Officer

Matt 
Rudd

Kelly 
Blackett

Chief Financial Officer

Chief People & Culture Officer

Stephen 
Murphy

Group Head, Commercial,  
Personal & Wealth

Carolina 
Parra

Chief Risk Officer

Jeff 
Wright

Group Head, Client Solutions  
& Specialty Businesses

6    |    CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report

Board of Directors

ANDREW J.  
BIBBY 
Corporate Director

Board Commitees: 
Human Resources (HR), 
Risk, Loan Adjudication 
Panel (Chair)

Director since: 2012

DR. MARIE Y. 
DELORME

MARIA 
FILIPPELLI

CEO, The Imagination 
Group of Companies

Board Commitees: 
Audit, HR

Director since: 2021

Corporate Director

Board Commitees:

Audit(1) (Chair), 
Governance and 
Conduct Review (GCR) 

Director since: 2020 

CHRISTOPHER H. 
FOWLER  

President and CEO,  
Canadian Western 
Bank 

Director since: 2013 

LINDA M.O.  
HOHOL

Corporate Director

Board Commitees:  
HR (Chair), Risk

Director since: 2011 

E. GAY 
MITCHELL

SARAH A. MORGAN-
SILVESTER (Chair)

MARGARET J. 
MULLIGAN

IRFHAN A. 
RAWJI

IAN M. 
REID

Corporate Director

Corporate Director

Corporate Director

Board Commitees: 
GCR, Risk (Chair)

Board Commitees: 
Audit, GCR, HR, Risk

Board Commitees: 
Audit(1), Risk

Director since: 2019 

Director since: 2014 

Director since: 2017 

Managing Partner, 
Relay Ventures

Board Commitees: 
HR, Risk  

Director since: 2021 

Corporate Director

Board Commitees: 
Audit, GCR (Chair) 

Director since: 2011 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

We strive to maintain the trust of our stakeholders through 
high standards of corporate governance. Our risk governance 
structure, including a complete list of our Board committees and 
the key responsibilities for each committee can be found on page 
[47] of this report. Further information regarding our corporate 
governance practices is also available on our website at:  
cwb.com/corporate-governance

Our Management Proxy Circular for the 2024 Annual Meeting will be 
available on our website in February 2024. It will include information 
on our director nominees, reports of each board committee, and 
detailed descriptions of our corporate governance practices.

We are committed to open communication with stakeholders – 
please contact us at:  
ChairoftheBoard@cwbank.com  
CorporateSecretary@cwbank.com 

(1) Financial expert on the Audit Committee.

Thank you  
Robert

On behalf of the Board, I wish 
to express our gratitude to 
Robert Manning, who retired 
in April 2023 after 37 years 
of esteemed and dedicated 
service on CWB’s Board. He 
was the longest standing 
member of the Board and made 
invaluable contributions to 

CWB over the years. His 
dedication, leadership, 
and experience will  
be missed.

- Sarah Morgan-Silvester 

ROBERT A. MANNING, President, Cathon Investments Ltd.

CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |    7

MESSAGE FROM  
CHAIR OF THE BOARD

Sarah Morgan-
Silvester

DEAR FELLOW SHAREHOLDERS

Your Board continues to provide strong governance of CWB’s 
business and our winning strategy to be the best full-service 
bank for business owners in Canada. Through the execution of 
our strategy, CWB demonstrated its ability to deliver strong, 
stable financial results in a challenging operating environment.

sets to effectively address the opportunities and challenges ahead. 
Mary Filipelli became the Chair of our Audit Committee earlier 
this year, and her financial expertise and extensive experience will 
be invaluable. Mary’s appointment reflects our thoughtful and 
strategic approach to Board renewal.

We provide oversight of CWB’s risk appetite and risk management 
framework. Through a year of economic volatility, we placed 
our attention on funding, liquidity, capital and credit risk. We 
also focused on CWB’s emerging risks, including our evolving 
approach to address climate risk and were pleased with how these 
risks were managed. Earlier this year, we disclosed operational 
greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions across our national footprint, 
and we support management’s development of targets and a 
reduction plan. We are also providing oversight of management’s 
phased approach to estimate our financed emissions. We believe 
that monitoring and prudent management of emerged and 
emerging risks to mitigate potential impacts will ensure that we 
deliver strong, sustainable returns for years to come. 

On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank our leadership team 
and all CWB team members for their hard work and unwavering 
commitment to our success. The Board is confident in CWB’s 
resilience, differentiated strategy and ability to deliver strong 
financial performance through the potential uncertainty in the 
economy. Our conviction reflects the strength of our risk culture 
and focused performance of our teams across the organization. 
Through their efforts we are delivering unrivaled experiences 
for our business owner clients and are well positioned to deliver 
long-term value for all our stakeholders.

We actively manage our Board to ensure we have the full benefit 
of our Board Member’s varied experiences, perspectives and skill 

Sarah Morgan-Silvester
Chair of the board

8    |    CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report

Building a 
Sustainable Future

Our approach to sustainability

Our values, culture and strategy guide our approach to sustainability, which addresses 
the Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) factors that are most important to our 
clients, people, investors and communities. Our approach is focused to support the 
ongoing success of our clients and we remain committed to long-term value creation for 
all our stakeholders and sustainable growth for our business.

MAINTAIN A   
FOUNDATION OF 
TRUST

Ensure the highest standards 
of governance, ethics and 
integrity to maintain the 
trust of our stakeholders.

Priorities:

•  Corporate governance

•  Business ethics and 

integrity

•  Human rights

•  Data privacy and 
cybersecurity

OBSESSED WITH   
YOUR SUCCESS

Contribute to the success 
of our clients and their 
families, our people, and 
their communities in pursuit 
of a sustainable and inclusive 
future.

Priorities:

•  Client experience

•  Financial inclusion

•  Team member experience

•  Diversity and inclusion

•  Community investment

•  Sustainable finance and 

products

MANAGE 
OUR IMPACT 
RESPONSIBLY

Responsibly manage our 
social and environmental 
impact, and support 
Canada’s transition to net-
zero emissions.

Priorities:

•  Climate change

•  Environmental impact of 

our operations

•  Social and environmental 

risk management

•  Responsible procurement

For information on our commitment to sustainable value creation for all our stakeholders, see our 2022 Sustainability 
Report at: www.cwb.com/sustainability-reports

CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |    9

Protecting our clients

Our stakeholders depend on us to protect the data they entrust us with. As we continue to use 
innovative technologies to deliver better services and automate and digitize processes to attract 
clients and team members, strong data privacy, cybersecurity and fraud prevention and detection 
programs are key to our success.

Continued to prioritize 
data protection by investing 
in our people, processes, 
technology and governance 
programs to ensure our 
clients’ information remains 
secure in an evolving threat 
landscape.

Maintained a focus to 
protect client information 
with enhanced data security 
safeguards as we continue to 
advance our digital banking 
and payments capabilities.

Continued to equip our 
teams with awareness and 
education on information 
security threats through 
mandatory monthly training 
with shifting areas of focus 
based on current and 
emerging threats.

10    |    CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report

Cultivating  
an inclusive and  
engaged culture

Having a diverse team that reflects the clients 
and communities we serve provides different 
perspectives and results in better decisions. We 
live our Inclusion has Power value by supporting 
a culture where all our team members feel a 
strong sense of belonging and have equitable 
opportunities to succeed.

CWB Global ERG hosts a 
Potluck for International 
Day of Cultural Diversity

Supported our 11 Employee 
Represented Groups (ERGs) to 
build community and culture 
in the workplace by providing 
members with resources 
and a variety of professional 
development opportunities.

Launched a series of 
initiatives focused on inclusive 
communication to continue to 
create an environment which 
fosters belonging and stronger 
connections in the workplace. 

Proudly ranked 23 on the 
2023 Best Workplaces™ 
in Canada list compiled by 
the Great Place to Work® 
Institute and recognized as 
one of Canada’s Most Admired 
Corporate Cultures™ by 
Waterstone Human Capital.

CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |    11

A student  
from the Chapter 
One tutoring program 
reads a CWB funded story 
that is reflective of Indigenous 
community and culture.

Supporting our  
communities

We believe all Canadians 
should have the opportunity 
to grow, succeed and thrive. 
Supporting resilient and 
inclusive communities creates 
value for our clients and our 
people and contributes to 
the strength of the Canadian 
economy. 

We take pride in contributing 
to the overall health and well-
being of the communities in 
which we operate. In 2023, 
we provided over $1.7 million 
through donations, sponsorships, 
disaster relief funding, and 
employee volunteer, fundraising 
and matching grants.

Supported early literacy, with 
virtual CWB volunteer reading 
coaches providing tutoring sessions 
to students within classrooms 
located across Canada. 

Continued to support 
Indigenous peoples and 
reconciliation in Canada, 
with new funding to 
organizations that promote 
social and economic 
inclusion of Indigenous 
peoples and entrepreneurs 
and the development of 
programming for Indigenous 
post-secondary students.

Supported wildfire relief 
efforts across Canada, 
contributing to organizations 
providing immediate relief and 
access to food for impacted 
communities, and accepting 
public donations at our banking 
centres in support of Canadian 
Red Cross fundraising efforts.  

Provided funding to 
several women - focused 
entrepreneurial organizations 
that aim to equip women with 
the tools and skills required 
to start and grow their 
businesses.  

12    |    CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report

Our developing  
approach to  
climate change 

We recognize that we have a part to play in  
Canada’s transition to net-zero emissions by 
managing our direct and indirect climate impact, 
supporting the ongoing success of our clients 
as they strive to achieve their climate goals and 
mitigating the risks associated with climate change.

Disclosed our Scope 1 and 2 
greenhouse (GHG) emissions 
across our national operational 
footprint for the first time in 
2023.

Progressed development of 
a reduction plan and related 
targets to support Canada’s 
transition to net-zero emissions, 
with an initial focus on Scope 1 
and 2 GHG emissions from our 
operations. 

Initiated a phased approach 
to refine the estimation of our 
Scope 3 financed emissions 
within targeted areas of our 
lending portfolio to support 
future disclosures and 
emissions reduction planning. 

Continued to integrate 
environmental and social risks 
into existing risk management 
processes and policies and 
progressed readiness activities 
to support compliance with 
upcoming climate regulations. 

Developed an industry-level 
heatmap assessment to identify 
potential physical and transition 
impacts of climate change 
within our lending portfolios. 

CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |    13

Management’s Discussion  
and Analysis

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Forward-Looking Statements ..............................................15

Financial Instruments and Other Instruments ................................ 36

Non-GAAP Measures ..........................................................16

Off-Balance Sheet .......................................................................... 36

Who We Are ......................................................................17

Summary of Quarterly Results and Fourth Quarter ................. 37  

Growth Strategy ............................................................................. 17

Fourth Quarter of 2023 .................................................................. 37

CWB Financial Group Performance ......................................18

Accounting Policies and Estimates .......................................38   

Select Financial Highlights ............................................................. 18

Critical Accounting Estimates ........................................................ 38

Summary of Operations ................................................................. 19

Changes In Accounting Policies and Financial 

Fiscal 2024 Outlook  ....................................................................... 20

Statement Presentation .................................................................. 40

Net Interest Income ....................................................................... 21

Future Changes In Accounting Policies .......................................... 40

Non-Interest Income ...................................................................... 22

Non-Interest Expenses and Efficiency Ratio .................................. 23

Income Taxes .................................................................................. 24

Comprehensive Income ................................................................. 24

Cash and Securities ........................................................................ 25

Loans .............................................................................................. 26 

Credit Quality ................................................................................. 28

Deposits and Funding ..................................................................... 31

Other Assets and Other Liabilities ................................................. 32  

Liquidity Management ................................................................... 32

Capital Management ...................................................................... 34

Risk Management ...............................................................41   

Top Emerged and Emerging Risks .................................................. 41

Risk Management Overview .......................................................... 42 

Risk Universe - Report on Principal Risks ....................................... 46

Other Risk Factors .......................................................................... 57

Share and Distribution Information ......................................58  

Related Party Transactions ..................................................58  

Controls and Procedures .....................................................58

14    |    CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report

Management’s Discussion and Analysis  

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A), dated December 7, 2023, should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements of Canadian 
Western Bank (CWB) for the year ended October 31, 2023 and the audited consolidated financial statements and MD&A for the year ended October 31, 2022. Additional 
information relating to CWB, including the Annual Information Form, is available on SEDAR at www.sedarplus.ca and on our website at www.cwb.com. 

The audited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards 
Board (IASB) and are presented in Canadian dollars. 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 
From time to time, we make written and verbal forward-looking statements. Statements of this type are included in our Annual Report and reports to shareholders and may 
be included in filings with Canadian securities regulators or in other communications such as media releases and corporate presentations. Forward-looking statements 
include, but are not limited to, statements about our objectives and strategies, targeted and expected financial results and the outlook for CWB’s businesses or for the 
Canadian economy. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by the words “believe”, “expect”, “anticipate”, “intend”, “estimate”, “may increase”, “may impact”, 
“goal”, “focus”, “potential”, “proposed” and other similar expressions, or future or conditional verbs such as “will”, “should”, “would” and “could”. 

By their very nature, forward-looking statements involve numerous assumptions and are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties, which give rise to the possibility that 
our predictions, forecasts, projections, expectations, and conclusions will not prove to be accurate, that our assumptions may not be correct, and that our strategic goals 
will not be achieved. 

A variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control, may cause actual results to differ materially from the expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements. 
These factors include, but are not limited to, general business and economic conditions in Canada including housing and commercial real estate market conditions and 
household and business indebtedness, the volatility and level of liquidity in financial markets, fluctuations in interest rates and currency values, the volatility and level of 
various commodity prices, changes in monetary policy, changes in economic and political conditions, material changes to trade agreements, transition to the Advanced 
Internal Ratings Based (AIRB) approach for regulatory capital purposes, legislative and regulatory developments, changes in supervisory expectations or requirements for 
capital, interest rate and liquidity management, legal developments, the level of competition, the occurrence of natural catastrophes, outbreaks of disease or illness that 
affect local, national or international economies, changes in accounting standards and policies, information technology and cyber risk, the accuracy and completeness of 
information we receive about customers and counterparties, the ability to attract and retain key personnel, the ability to complete and integrate acquisitions, reliance on 
third parties to provide components of business infrastructure, changes in tax laws, technological developments, unexpected changes in consumer spending and saving 
habits, timely development and introduction of new products, the impact of bank failures or other adverse developments at other banks that drive negative investor and 
depositor sentiment regarding the stability and liquidity of banks, and our ability to anticipate and manage the risks associated with these factors. It is important to note 
that the preceding list is not exhaustive of possible factors. 

Additional information about these factors can be found in the Risk Management section of our MD&A. These and other factors should be considered carefully, and readers 
are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements as a number of important factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from the 
expectations expressed in such forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statements contained in this document represent our views as of the date hereof. Unless 
required by securities law, we do not undertake to update any forward-looking statement, whether written or verbal, that may be made from time to time by us or on our 
behalf. The forward-looking statements contained in this document are presented for the purpose of assisting readers in understanding our financial position and results of 
operations as at and for the periods ended on the dates presented, as well as our strategic priorities and objectives, and may not be appropriate for other purposes. 

Assumptions about the performance of the Canadian economy over the forecast horizon and how it will affect our business are material factors considered when setting 
organizational objectives and targets. In determining expectations for economic growth, we consider our own forecasts, economic data and forecasts provided by the 
Canadian government and its agencies, as well as certain private sector forecasts. These forecasts are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties that may be general or 
specific. Where relevant, material economic assumptions underlying forward-looking statements are disclosed within the  Fiscal 2024 Outlook and Allowance for Credit 
Losses sections of our MD&A.  

 CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |    15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NON-GAAP MEASURES 
We use a number of financial measures and ratios to assess our performance against strategic initiatives and operational benchmarks. Some of these financial measures 
and ratios do not have standardized meanings prescribed by Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and may not be comparable to similar measures presented 
by other financial institutions. Non-GAAP financial measures and ratios provide readers with an enhanced understanding of how we view our financial performance. These 
measures  and  ratios  may  also  provide  the  ability  to  analyze  trends  related  to  profitability  and  the  effectiveness  of  our  operations  and  strategies  and  are disclosed  in 
compliance with National Instrument 52-112 Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures Disclosure. 

To calculate non-GAAP financial measures, we exclude certain items from our financial results prepared in accordance with IFRS. Adjustments relate to items which we 
believe are not indicative of underlying operating performance. Our non-GAAP financial measures include: 

•  Adjusted non-interest expenses – total non-interest expenses, excluding pre-tax costs associated with a reorganization of our operations, amortization of acquisition-
related intangible assets, acquisition and integration costs and accelerated amortization of previously capitalized AIRB assets. Non-recurring reorganization costs were 
incurred  to  execute  reorganization  initiatives  to  realize  efficiencies  in  our  banking  centre  footprint,  operational  support  functions,  and  administrative  processes. 
Acquisition and integration costs include direct and incremental costs incurred as part of the execution and integration of business acquisitions. Accelerated amortization 
of AIRB assets is a result of a reduction in estimated useful lives of certain previously capitalized AIRB assets. 

•  Adjusted common shareholders’ net income – total common shareholders’ net income, excluding the costs associated with organizational redesign initiatives, accelerated 

amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, acquisition and integration costs and amortization of previously capitalized AIRB assets, net of tax. 

•  Pre-tax, pre-provision income – total revenue less adjusted non-interest expenses. 

The following table provides a reconciliation of our non-GAAP financial measures to our reported financial results.  

Table 1 - Non-GAAP Measures 
($ thousands) 

Non-interest expenses 
Adjustments (before tax): 

Non-recurring reorganization costs 
Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets 
Acquisition and integration costs 
Accelerated amortization of previously capitalized AIRB assets 

Adjusted Non-interest Expenses 

Common shareholders' net income 
Adjustments (after-tax): 

Non-recurring reorganization costs(1) 
Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets(2) 
Acquisition and integration costs(3) 
Accelerated amortization of previously capitalized AIRB assets(4) 

Adjusted Common Shareholders' Net Income 

Total revenue 
Less: 
Adjusted non-interest expenses (see above) 

Pre-tax, Pre-provision Income 

For the three months ended 

For the year ended 

October 31 
2023 

October 31 
2022 

October 31 
2023 

October 31 
2022 

 $  

167,600 

 $  

166,783 

 $ 

611,283 

 $  

581,777 

 (17,146) 
 (1,728) 
                    - 
                   - 

- 
(2,557) 
(361) 
(16,555) 

(17,146) 
(8,490) 
(602) 
 - 

 $  

 $  

148,726 

76,845 

 $  

 $  

147,310 

67,687 

 $ 

 $ 

585,045 

324,316 

 $  

 $  

12,726 
1,267 
- 
- 

90,838 

291,763 

 $  

 $  

 $  

 $  

 -  
 1,913  
 270  
 12,549  

 82,419  

279,838  

 12,726 
6,495 
451   
  -   

 $ 

 $ 

343,988 

 $  

 330,962  

1,112,574 

 $  

 1,076,287  

148,726 

 147,310  

585,045 

 554,384  

 $  

143,037 

 $  

 132,528  

 $ 

527,529 

 $  

 521,903  

- 
(10,212) 
(626) 
(16,555) 

554,384 

310,302 

-  
 7,641  
 470  
 12,549  

(1)  Net of income tax of $4,420 for the three months ended October 31, 2023 (Q4 2022 – $nil) and $4,420 for the year ended October 31, 2023 (2022 – $nil). 
(2)  Net of income tax of $461 for the three months ended October 31, 2023 (Q4 2022 – $644) and $1,995 for the year ended October 31, 2023 (2022 – $2,571). 
(3)  Net of income tax of $nil for the three months ended October 31, 2023 (Q4 2022 – $91) and $151 for the year ended October 31, 2023 (2022 – $156). 
(4)  Net of income tax of $nil for the three months ended October 31, 2023 (Q4 2022 – $4,006) and $nil for the year ended October 31, 2023 (2022– $4,006). 

Non-GAAP ratios are calculated using the non-GAAP financial measures defined above. Our non-GAAP ratios include: 

•  Adjusted earnings per common share – diluted earnings per common share calculated with adjusted common shareholders’ net income.  

•  Adjusted return on common shareholders’ equity – annualized adjusted common shareholders’ net income divided by average common shareholders’ equity, which is 

total shareholders’ equity excluding preferred shares and limited recourse capital notes.   

•  Efficiency ratio – adjusted non-interest expenses divided by total revenue.  

•  Operating leverage – growth rate of total revenue less growth rate of adjusted non-interest expenses.  

Supplementary financial measures are measures that do not have definitions prescribed by GAAP, but do not meet the definition of a non-GAAP financial measure or ratio. 
Our supplementary financial measures include: 

•  Return on assets – annualized common shareholders’ net income divided by average total assets.  

•  Net interest margin – annualized net interest income divided by average total assets. 

•  Return on common shareholders’ equity – annualized common shareholders’ net income divided by average common shareholders’ equity. 

•  Write-offs as a percentage of average loans – annualized write-offs divided by average total loans. 

•  Book value per common share – total common shareholders’ equity divided by total common shares outstanding.  

•  Branch-raised deposits – total deposits excluding broker term and capital market deposits.  

16    |    CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  Provision for credit losses on total loans as a percentage of average loans – annualized provision for credit losses on loans, committed but undrawn credit exposures and 
letters of credit divided by average total loans. Provisions for credit losses related to debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) 
and other financial assets are excluded.  

•  Provision for credit losses on impaired loans as a percentage of average loans – annualized provision for credit losses on impaired loans divided by average total loans.  

•  Provision for credit losses on performing loans as a percentage of average loans – annualized provision for credit losses on performing loans (Stage 1 and 2) divided by 

average total loans.  

•  Average balances – average daily balances.   

WHO WE ARE 
CWB is the only full-service bank in Canada with a strategic focus to meet the unique financial needs of businesses and their owners. We provide our nationwide clients with 
full-service business and personal banking, specialized financing, comprehensive wealth management offerings, and trust services. Clients choose CWB for a differentiated 
level of service through specialized expertise, customized solutions, and faster response times relative to the competition. Our people take the time to understand our 
clients and their business, and work as a united team to provide holistic solutions and advice. We are firmly committed to the responsible creation of value for all our 
stakeholders and our approach to sustainability will support our continued success.  

GROWTH STRATEGY 

Our highly engaged teams operate within a client-centric and collaborative culture, with a core focus as the best full-service bank for business owners in Canada. We continue 
to transform our capabilities to offer a superior full-service client experience through a range of in-person and evolving digital channels. These improving capabilities support 
growth of full-service client relationships in targeted segments that fit within our strategic growth objectives and prudent risk appetite. Ongoing strategic execution will 
create long-term value for shareholders as we deliver strong growth of full-service clients and capitalize on the opportunities available to us as we continue to expand our 
geographic footprint outside of Western Canada, including an increased presence in the Ontario market.  

Our differentiated market position and strategy has set the stage for CWB to deliver profitable long-term growth and enhance shareholder returns for years to come. 

 CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |    17 

 
 
 
CWB FINANCIAL GROUP PERFORMANCE 
SELECT FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS  
Table 2 - Select Annual Financial Information 
($ thousands, except ratios and per share amounts) 

Results from Operations 
Total revenue 
Pre-tax, pre-provision income 
Common shareholders' net income 

Common Share Information 
Earnings per share 

Basic 
Diluted 
Adjusted  

Cash dividends paid 
Book value 

Performance Measures 
Return on common shareholders' equity 
Adjusted return on common shareholders' equity 
Return on assets 
Net interest margin 
Efficiency ratio 
Operating leverage 

Credit Quality 
Provision for credit losses on total loans as a 

percentage of average loans(1) 

Provision for credit losses on impaired loans as a 

percentage of average loans(1) 

Balance Sheet  
Assets 
Loans (before the allowance for credit losses) 
Deposits 

2023 

2022 

2021  

Change from 2022 

$ 

1,112,574 
 527,529  
 324,316  

$ 

 1,076,287  
 521,903  
 310,302  

$ 

1,016,033   
517,149   
327,471   

$ 

3  % 
36,287 
1  
 5,626  
 14,014               5 

3.38 
 3.38  
 3.58  
 1.30  
 35.79  

9.8  % 

10.4  
0.77 
2.34  
52.6  
(2.2)   

0.07 

 0.04 

3.39 
 3.39  
 3.62  
 1.22  
 33.48  

10.1  % 
10.8  
0.79 
2.41  
51.5  
(5.2)   

0.14 

 0.10 

3.74   
3.73   
3.81   
1.16   
33.10   

11.6  % 
11.8 
0.92   
2.49   
49.1   
(3.3)  

0.09   

 0.17   

(0.01)  
 (0.01) 
 (0.04) 
 0.08  
 2.31  

-   
-   
(1)   
7  
7 

(30) bp 
(40)   
(2)   
(7)   

     110 
           300 

(7) 

             (6) 

$ 

42,320,103 
 37,209,850  
 33,328,449  

$  41,427,552 
  35,905,622 
  33,010,462 

$  37,323,176   
  32,900,951   
  29,975,739   

$ 

892,551 
  1,304,228 
317,987 

2  % 
4 
1 

(1) 

Includes provisions for credit losses on loans, committed but undrawn credit exposures and letters of credit.  

bp – basis point  

Financial Highlights of 2023 (compared to 2022)  

•  Loan growth of 4%, including 10% in the general commercial loan portfolio as we executed on our strategic focus of expanding full-service client opportunities 
that met our risk-adjusted return expectations. Loan growth of 10% in Ontario was supported by our expanding physical presence and growing brand awareness. 

•  Total deposits increased 1% from last year. Branch-raised deposits declined 1%, primarily due to our intentional exit of select higher cost non-full-service client 

relationships in the year, which we replaced with insured, fixed term broker deposits. 

•  Total revenue increased 3% and reflected a 4% increase in net interest income, partially offset by a 4% decline in non-interest income, primarily due to elevated 

foreign exchange revenue in the prior year. 

•  Efficiency ratio increased to 52.6% compared to 51.5% in the prior year as expense growth outpaced revenue growth, primarily due to a decrease in net interest 

margin.   

•  Provision for credit losses on total loans as a percentage of average loans of seven basis points, compared to 14 basis points last year, was driven by a six basis 
point decline in the provision for credit losses on impaired loans, primarily due to an increase in recoveries of impaired loan write-offs upon final resolution. 

•  Common shareholders’ net income of $324 million was up 5%, primarily driven by higher revenues and a seven basis point decline in the provision for credit 

losses as a percentage of average loans, partially offset by higher non-interest expenses. Pre-tax, pre-provision income of $528 million was up 1%.  

•  Diluted earnings per common share was relatively consistent with the prior year and adjusted earnings per common share declined 1%.  

•  Our common equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio of 9.7% increased 90 basis points from the prior year.  

18    |    CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS 

Fiscal 2023 represented a year where we successfully adapted to changing economic conditions. Elevated inflation continued to persist, and the Bank of Canada responded 
by increasing policy interest rates an additional 125 basis points through the first half of 2023. Against this backdrop, we targeted our loan growth to optimize risk-adjusted 
returns, prudently managed our expenses and focused on the timely resolution of unsatisfactory loans as we continued to benefit from our secured lending model and 
prudent risk appetite. We delivered financial performance that grew stronger as the year progressed and are well positioned to capitalize on the opportunities in front of 
us as we manage through the continued economic volatility.  

Loan growth of 4% was strategically focused on optimizing risk-adjusted return opportunities within our disciplined risk appetite. We strategically target general commercial 
clients as they provide the strongest potential to increase full-service client relationships across our national footprint, and our teams delivered 10% annual growth in this 
portfolio. We also continued to execute our geographic diversification strategy, with loan growth of 10% in Ontario supported by our Mississauga and Markham banking 
centres. 

Relationship-based branch-raised deposits decreased 1% from last year as a 9% increase in fixed term deposits were more than offset by a 5% decrease in demand and 
notice deposits. Lower branch-raised demand and notice deposits primarily reflected our intentional exit of select higher cost non-full-service client relationships early in 
the year, which we replaced with insured, fixed term broker deposits. Our number of full-service clients, who have a core banking relationship with us, continued to increase 
this year despite the volatility in the global banking industry. 

Annual revenue increased 3% from last year. Net interest income increased 4%, primarily driven by 4% annual loan growth, partially offset by a seven basis point decrease 
in net interest margin. The decline in net interest margin reflected the impact of lower loan related fees, including payout penalties and a proportional shift in our funding 
mix towards fixed term branch-raised and insured broker deposits. Non-interest income was down 4% from the prior year primarily due to lower foreign exchange revenue 
recorded in ‘other’ non-interest income, which was elevated in the prior year due to a rapid and significant strengthening of the U.S. dollar. Non-interest income was also 
supported by the launch of our new business credit cards in partnership with Brim Financial.  

Our borrower delinquency and default rates returned to historically normal levels this year, as expected. Our total annual provision for credit losses represented seven basis 
points as a percentage of average loans, compared to 14 basis points last year, and remained well below our historical average. The provision for credit losses on impaired 
loans of four basis points was six basis points lower than last year, primarily due to an increase in recoveries of impaired loan write-offs upon final resolution. Our credit 
performance continues to be supported by our strong credit risk management framework, including well-established underwriting standards, the secured nature of our 
lending portfolio with conservative loan-to-value ratios, and proactive approach to working with clients through difficult and uncertain periods.  

Total non-interest expenses of $611 million were up 5% ($30 million). The increase included $17 million of costs incurred to execute reorganization initiatives to realize 
efficiencies in our banking centre footprint, operational support functions, and administrative processes. We executed most of the planned organizational redesign activities 
in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2023 and expect limited further activity within fiscal 2024. Adjusted non-interest expenses increased 6%, due to a higher average staffing 
complement, the impact of annual salary increments, the investment in our digital capabilities and higher capital taxes. Higher non-interest expenses were partially offset 
by lower spending on strategic projects, our continued actions undertaken during the year to contain expense growth, and the beneficial impact associated with a larger 
scientific research and experimental development (SR&ED) investment tax credit realized this year. Our fiscal 2023 efficiency ratio of 52.6% increased from 51.5% in the 
prior year, as non-interest expense growth outpaced revenue growth primarily due to the decrease in net interest margin as discussed above. 

The current year income tax expense increased 11% ($12 million) compared to 6% growth in net income before taxes due to an increase in the current year effective income 
tax rate. The current year effective income tax rate of 26.1% was 120 basis points higher than last year, primarily driven by the combined impact of the additional 1.5% of 
federal income tax associated with the enactment of Bill C-32 and non-recurring adjustments related to the completion of our prior year tax filings that increased tax expense 
in the current year compared to a reduction in tax expense recognized when our filings were completed in the prior year. 

Diluted earnings per share of $3.38 was relatively consistent with the prior year and adjusted earnings per common share of $3.58 declined 1%. Our return on common 
shareholders’ equity (ROE) of 9.8% and adjusted ROE of 10.4% decreased 30 and 40 basis points, respectively, as an increase in our common shareholders’ income, was 
more than offset by higher common shareholders’ equity. Higher common shareholders’ net income was primarily driven by higher revenues and a lower provision for 
credit losses, partially offset by higher non-interest expenses, as discussed above.  

Our CET1 capital  ratio  at  October 31, 2023  of  9.7%  increased  90 basis  points  compared  to  last  year,  reflecting  the  impact  of retained  earnings growth,  a  reduction  in 
accumulated other comprehensive loss related to an increase in unrealized gains on debt securities measured at FVOCI, the adoption of the Capital Adequacy Requirements 
(CAR) 2023 guidelines and the impact of common shares issued under our at-the-market (ATM) program in the first quarter of the year, which more than offset targeted 
growth in risk-weighted assets. Our Tier 1 capital ratio of 11.5% and Total capital ratio of 13.5%, reflected increases of 90 basis points and 140 basis points, respectively, due 
to  the  proportional  impact  these  same  factors.  Our  Total  capital  ratio  also  reflected  the  issuance  of  $150  million  Series  H  Non-Viability  Contingent  Capital  (NVCC) 
subordinated debentures in the year. 

 CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |    19 

 
 
 
 
FISCAL 2024 OUTLOOK 

Economic Conditions 

Despite persistent levels of inflation and an elevated interest rate environment, growth of the Canadian economy remained moderately positive in fiscal 2023. As 
the impact of elevated interest rates continues to work through the economy, economic growth in fiscal 2024 is expected to be weak in the first part of the year 
before expanding in the latter half of the year. We anticipate a relatively stable policy interest rate in fiscal 2024, with the potential for policy interest rate reductions 
in the latter part of the year on the assumption that core inflation continues to decline to reach the Bank of Canada’s target level. 

Outlook of expected financial performance 

We have a demonstrated history of delivering strong, stable financial results against volatile economic backdrops. We target and win new full-service clients through 
economic cycles by delivering an unrivaled client experience with a consistent and prudent risk management approach. Looking ahead to fiscal 2024, we expect to 
deliver: 

Annual Metric 

Operating leverage 

Fiscal 2024 expectations  

Positive 

Adjusted earnings per common share  

Low to mid single-digit percentage growth 

Against this expected economic backdrop, our teams remain focused on winning full-service clients within our risk-adjusted pricing criteria. We expect to deliver 
mid single-digit annual percentage loan growth, if prudent and within our disciplined risk appetite, with a strategic focus on portfolios that support further full-
service client opportunities. We expect strong loan growth in Ontario will drive further geographic diversification of our loans as we continue to expand our physical 
presence with the opening of our Toronto financial district and Kitchener banking centres in fiscal 2024.  

We expect to launch our new digital and cash management platform next year and will commence with a phased migration of existing commercial clients onto the 
new platform. We expect gradual momentum in branch-raised deposit growth as the year progresses, with mid single-digit percentage growth of branch-raised 
deposits on an annual basis. 

Based on the assumption of a more stable interest rate environment, our net interest margin is expected to gradually increase over the next year and reflect the 
benefits of the growth in fixed term asset yields continuing to outpace growth in funding costs, and loan growth that is targeted to optimize risk-adjusted returns. 

We will continue to carefully manage discretionary costs while prioritizing investments in key roles and capabilities to support our differentiated strategy to be the 
best bank for business owners in Canada. The reorganization initiatives undertaken in late fiscal 2023 provide us with additional operational efficiency to continue 
to  advance  our  strategy,  while  ensuring  we  maintain  an  appropriate  level  of  expenses  relative  to  our  expected  revenues.  We  executed  most  of  the  planned 
organizational redesign activities in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2023 and expect limited further activity within fiscal 2024. We will carefully monitor and manage our 
expenditures and expect to deliver positive operating leverage next year.  

We expect that the sustained impact of higher interest rates will result in increased borrower defaults and impaired loans as the year progresses. Consistent with 
our experience in prior periods of economic volatility, our prudent lending approach supports our expectation that our provision for credit losses will be within our 
historical normal range of 18 to 23 basis points next year. 

Based on the assumptions described above and presuming no significant adverse shifts in the macroeconomic environment, we expect annual percentage growth 
of adjusted earnings per common share in the low to mid single-digit range. 

20    |    CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report 

NET INTEREST INCOME 

Net interest income is the difference between interest earned on assets, and interest paid on deposits and other liabilities, including debt. Net interest margin is net interest 
income as a percentage of average total assets. 

Table 3 – Net Interest Income 
($ thousands) 

Assets 
Cash, securities and deposits with financial 

2023 

2022 

Average 
Balance 

Mix 

Interest 

Rate   

Interest 

Average 
Balance 

Mix 

Interest 

Interest 
Rate 

institutions 

$ 

4,143,626 

10  %  $ 

72,465 

1.75  % 

$ 

4,106,837 

11  %  $ 

36,915 

0.90  % 

Securities purchased under resale 

agreements 

Loans 

    Personal 

    Business 

Total interest bearing assets 

Other assets 

Total Assets 

Liabilities 
Deposits 

     Personal 

245,260 

1 

11,386 

4.64   

143,701 

-   

1,964 

1.37   

7,142,258  

  29,418,323 

  36,560,581 

  40,949,467 

1,022,491 

17 

70   

87   

98   

2 

 298,011  

 1,983,610 

2,281,621 

2,365,472 

- 

4.17   

6.74   

6.24   

5.78   

0.00   

 6,687,336  

  27,153,241 

33,840,577 

38,091,115 

948,188 

17   

70   

87   

98   

2   

 211,531  

 1,311,495  

 1,523,026  

1,561,905 

- 

3.16   

4.83   

4.50   

4.10   

0.00   

$    41,971,958 

100  %  $ 

2,365,472 

5.64  % 

$ 

  39,039,303 

100  %  $ 

1,561,905 

4.00  % 

$  18,699,829 

45  %  $ 

759,464 

4.06  % 

$ 

16,023,732 

41  %  $ 

  325,291 

2.03  % 

Business and government 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements 

Other liabilities 

Debt 

Shareholders’ equity 

 14,496,310  

  33,196,139 

 38,403  

942,849 

 3,897,081  

3,897,486 

35   

80   

-   

2   

9   

9   

499,791 

1,259,255 

1,782 

3,369 

119,789 

- 

3.45   

3.79   

4.46   

0.36   

3.07   

0.00   

Total Liabilities and Equity 

$  41,971,958 

100  %  $ 

1,384,195 

3.30  % 

Total Assets/Net Interest Income 

$  41,971,958 

$ 

981,277 

2.34  % 

 15,334,691  

31,358,423 

 50,470  

  711,081 

 3,282,776  

 3,636,553  

39   

80   

-   

2   

9   

9   

 220,166  

  545,457 

  679 

3,159 

 72,634  

- 

$ 

$ 

39,039,303 

100  %  $ 

621,929 

39,039,303 

$ 

939,976 

1.44   

1.74   

1.35   

0.44   

2.21   

0.00   

1.59  % 

2.41  % 

Net interest income of $981 million was up 4% ($41 million) from last year. Growth was primarily driven by an 8% increase in average interest bearing assets, partially offset 
by a seven basis point decrease in net interest margin. The decline in net interest margin reflected the impact of lower loan related fees, including payout penalties and a 
proportional shift in our funding mix towards fixed term branch-raised and insured broker deposits.  

The yield on average cash, securities and deposits with financial institutions of 1.75% increased 85 basis points primarily due to increases in market interest rates following 
the Bank of Canada policy interest rate changes. The average balance of cash, securities and deposits, less securities sold under repurchase agreements, as a percentage of 
total assets remained relatively consistent with the prior year.  

Average loan yields increased 174 basis points to 6.24% primarily due to a 325 basis point increase in the average prime rate, driven by the Bank of Canada policy interest 
rate increases during the current and prior year. The increase in prime rates immediately impacted our floating rate loan yields, which represent about one third of our loan 
portfolio, while our fixed rate loan portfolio will continue to trend upwards as loans originated prior to the policy interest rate increases mature and are renewed or replaced 
with new lending at a higher interest rate. The increases in average loan yields were partially offset by lower loan related fees, which primarily related to payout penalties 
in the higher interest rate environment. 

Average deposit costs were up 205 basis points to 3.79% and the overall cost of average interest-bearing liabilities and equity increased 171 basis points to 3.30%, primarily 
due to market interest rate increases. The increase in market interest rates immediately impacted our floating rate deposits, which represent about one third of our deposit 
portfolio, and  also  resulted in  deposit pricing changes  to  match competitive market  rates on certain  administered interest  rate  products. The  proportional  increase  in 
deposits compared to loan yields is primarily due to the impact of our fixed term deposit portfolio repricing faster to reflect higher market interest rates than our fixed term 
loans, which have a longer average duration and the negative impact on our loan yields associated with lower loan related fees as discussed above. 

 CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |    21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
NON-INTEREST INCOME 

Table 4 – Non-interest Income 
($ thousands) 

Wealth management services 

Credit related 

Trust services 

Retail services 

Losses on securities, net 
Other(1) 

Total Non-interest Income 

(1)  Primarily consists of foreign exchange gains/losses.  

2023 

2022 

Change from 2022 

$ 

 61,202   $  

61,928 

$  

 45,187  

  10,723 

10,442 

 (52) 

3,795 

40,449 

 9,991  

10,264 

 (67) 

13,746 

 (726) 

 4,738  

 732  

 178  

 15  

 (9,951) 

(1) % 

12 

7 

2 

(22) 

 (72) 

$ 

131,297 

$  

136,311 

$  

(5,014) 

   (4)  % 

Non-interest income of $131 million was down 4% ($5 million) from the prior year primarily due to lower foreign exchange revenue recorded in ‘other’ non-interest income, 
which was elevated in the prior year due to a rapid and significant strengthening of the U.S. dollar. Higher credit related fees were driven by 4% annual loan growth and an 
increase in credit card administration fees, which were supported by the launch of our new business credit cards in partnership with Brim Financial. Higher trust services 
fees reflected an increase in transaction volumes in the current year, primarily driven by new CWB Trust Services client acquisitions and elevated activity from existing clients 
as  they  continue  to  re-balance  their  portfolios  in  the  elevated  interest  rate  environment.  Fees  from  retail  services  were  relatively  consistent  with  the  prior  year, 
commensurate with relatively stable branch-raised deposit balances. Wealth management fees decreased 1% from the prior year, as higher investment management fees, 
associated with a growth in assets under management balances, were more than offset by lower wealth service fees, reflective of a reduction in transactional activity in the 
elevated interest rate environment. In line with our liquidity management strategies and risk appetite, we also recognized nominal losses on security sales in the current 
and prior years. 

22    |    CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NON-INTEREST EXPENSES AND EFFICIENCY RATIO 

Table 5 – Non-interest Expenses and Efficiency Ratio  
($ thousands)  

Salaries and Employee Benefits 
Salaries 
Employee benefits 

Premises 
Depreciation 
Rent 
Other 

Equipment and Software 
Depreciation 
Other 

General 
Professional fees and services 
Regulatory costs 
Banking charges 
Marketing and business development 
Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets 
Capital and business taxes 
Loan-related credit reports 
Employee recruitment and training 
Travel 
Communications 
Staff relations 
Acquisition and integration costs 
Other 

Total Non-interest Expenses 

Efficiency Ratio 

bp – basis point 

2023   

2022 

  Change from 2022 

$ 

$  

 323,418    
 66,746    

 390,164    

 286,130    
 59,613    

 345,743    

$ 

18,456   
11,915   
4,265   

34,636   

 35,232    
 51,859   

 87,091    

23,401   
14,698   
10,476   
9,099   
8,490   
4,858   
 4,271    
 2,880    
2,868   
2,149   
1,903   
602   
13,697   

99,392   

$ 

611,283   

$  

52.6  % 

18,439   
11,213   
4,622   

34,274   

 52,197    
 41,214    

 93,411    

30,264   
13,262   
9,915   
10,366   
10,212   
2,038   
 3,588    
 6,169    
2,735   
2,167   
1,947   
626   
15,060   

108,349   

581,777   

51.5  % 

$ 

 37,288  
 7,133  

 44,421  

 17  
 702  
 (357) 

 362  

 (16,965) 
 10,645  

 (6,320) 

 (6,863) 
 1,436  
 561  
 (1,267) 
 (1,722) 
 2,820  
 683  
 (3,289) 
 133  
 (18) 
 (44) 
 (25) 
 (1,363) 

 (8,958) 

 29,505  

13  % 
12   

13   

-   
6   
(8)   

1   

(33)   
26   

(7)   

(23)   
11   
6   
(12)   
(17)   
138   
19   
(53)   
5   
(1)   
(2)   
(4)  
(9)   

(8)   

5  % 

110  bp 

Total non-interest expenses of $611 million were up 5% (30 million). The increase included $17 million of costs recognized primarily in salaries and employee benefits that 
were incurred to execute reorganization initiatives to realize efficiencies in our banking centre footprint, operational support functions, and administrative processes.  

 CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |    23 

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Salaries and employee benefits increased 13% ($44 million) primarily due to costs 
incurred related to the reorganization of our operations in the fourth quarter this 
year.  Excluding  the  impact  of  non-recurring  reorganization  activities,  salaries  and 
benefits increased 8% ($27 million) driven by a higher average staffing complement, 
the  impact  of  annual  salary  increments  and  higher  share-based  compensation 
expense associated with a higher share price in the current year. 

Premises expense remained relatively consistent with the prior year as higher rent 
expense  associated  with  the  full  year  impact  of  our  Markham,  Ontario,  and 
downtown  Vancouver  banking  centres,  were  offset  by  our  efforts  to  temporarily 
reduce maintenance and repair costs. 

Equipment  and  software  costs  were  down  7%  ($6  million)  primarily  due  to  the 
accelerated amortization of intangible assets of previously capitalized AIRB assets 
recognized  in  the  prior  year.  Excluding  the  accelerated  amortization  of  intangible 
assets, equipment and software costs were up 13%, primarily driven by our ongoing 
investments in technology infrastructure, including our continued transition to cloud 
based solutions, as we position ourselves for future growth and improve our client 
and employee experience. 

General non-interest expenses were down 8% ($9 million) from the prior year. Lower 
professional fees and services reflected a reduced spend on strategic projects in the 
year.  Lower  amortization  of  acquisition-related  intangible  assets  was  primarily 
driven by the launch of our CWB Wealth brand and the concurrent retirement of 
legacy wealth management brands in the prior year. Lower employee recruitment 
and  training,  marketing  and  other  general  non-interest  expenses  reflected  our 
prudent  approach  to  managing  our  expenditures 
in  the  current  economic 
environment, as well as the recognition of an SR&ED investment tax credit in the 
year.  Lower  general  non-interest  expenses  were  partially  offset  by  higher  capital 
taxes and regulatory costs.  

INCOME TAXES 

The efficiency ratio was 52.6% compared to 51.5%, as non-interest expense growth 
outpaced revenue growth primarily due to the decrease in net interest margin as 
discussed in the Net Interest Income section.  

Figure 1 – Number of Full-time Equivalent Employees  

(1) Approximately half of the fiscal 2020 increase related to the wealth acquisition 
(2) Decrease in fiscal 2023 primarily relates to the reorganization of our operations that occurred late 

in the fourth quarter of the year  

On November 4, 2022, the Canadian Government introduced Bill C-32 which included legislation to increase the federal income tax rate by 1.5% on taxable income above 
$100 million for banking and life insurance groups. Bill C-32 received Royal Assent on December 15, 2022. The new legislation increased our annual effective tax rate by 
approximately 80 basis points compared to the prior year, as the increase from the higher federal income tax rate was partially offset by a one-time deferred tax recovery 
associated with the re-measurement of our net deferred tax assets at the higher tax rate. 

The current year effective income tax rate of 26.1% was 120 basis points higher than last year, primarily driven by the combined impact of the additional 1.5% of federal 
income tax associated with the enactment of Bill C-32 and non-recurring adjustments related to the completion of our prior year tax filings that increased tax expense in 
the current year compared to a reduction in tax expense recognized when our filings were completed in the prior year. 

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

Comprehensive income is comprised of net income and other comprehensive income (OCI), all net of taxes. Our OCI includes changes in unrealized gains and losses on debt 
securities measured at FVOCI, equity securities designated at FVOCI, and fair value changes for derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges. Comprehensive 
income of $392 million was up $201 million due to a $187 million increase in OCI and a $14 million increase in net income. Higher OCI, net of tax, was driven by unrealized 
gains from changes in the fair value of our debt securities measured at FVOCI compared to losses in the prior year ($156 million) and the impact of reclassifications to net 
income ($49 million) related to our derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, partially offset by higher unrealized losses from the fair value of our derivatives designated 
as cash flow hedges ($16 million). 

Our debt securities portfolio, which is classified at FVOCI, is primarily comprised of bonds issued or guaranteed by federal (Canada or United States), provincial or municipal 
governments used exclusively for liquidity management purposes and have an average remaining duration of approximately one year. Fluctuations in value are generally 
attributed to changes in interest rates, movements in market credit spreads and shifts in the interest rate curve and are fully reflected in regulatory capital on an after-tax 
basis. 

24    |    CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report 

 
 
 
Table 6 – Comprehensive Income 
($ thousands) 

Net Income 

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), net of tax 
Items that will be subsequently reclassified to net income 

Debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income 

Gains (Losses) from change in fair value 
Reclassification to net income, of (gains) losses in the year 

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges 

Losses from change in fair value 
Reclassification to net income, of gains (losses) in the year 

Items that will not be subsequently reclassified to net income 
          Unrealized losses on equity securities designated at fair value through other comprehensive income 

Comprehensive Income 

CASH AND SECURITIES 

2023 

2022 

Change from  
2022 

$  

350,649 

$  

336,896 

$  

13,753 

65,694 
   (209) 

65,485 

 (55,058) 
 32,303  

 (22,755) 

(89,817) 
8 

(89,809) 

(38,852) 
(16,508) 

(55,360) 

(986) 

41,744 

(167) 

(145,336) 

$  

392,393 

$  

191,560 

$  

155,511 
(217) 

155,294 

(16,206) 
48,811 

32,605 

(819) 

187,080 

200,833 

Cash, securities and securities purchased under resale agreements totaled $4.3 billion at October 31, 2023, compared to $4.6 billion last year. The cash and securities 
portfolio is primarily comprised of high-quality debt instruments that are used exclusively for liquidity management purposes, and have an average remaining duration of 
approximately one year. The balance and mix of cash and securities are managed as part of our overall liquidity management process. Refer to the Liquidity Management 
section of our MD&A for additional information. 

Table 7 – Unrealized Gains and Losses on Debt Securities, Equity Securities, and Cash Resources Measured at FVOCI(1)  
($ thousands) 

Measured at FVOCI 
Interest bearing deposits with financial institutions(2) 
Debt securities issued or guaranteed by    

Canada 
A province or municipality 

Other debt securities issued by United States Treasury 
Other debt securities 
Measured at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) 
Other debt securities 

Total 

Measured at FVOCI 
Interest bearing deposits with financial institutions(2) 
Debt securities issued or guaranteed by    

Canada 
A province or municipality 

Other debt securities issued by United States Treasury 
Designated at FVOCI 
Other equity securities 

Total 

As at October 31, 2023 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Amortized 
Cost 

Fair 
 Value 

 $  

149,292 

$ 

2 

$ 

9 

$ 

149,285 

3,333,770 
 444,545  
134,434 
55,305 

12,494 

 $  

4,129,840 

$ 

1,718 
71 
- 
85 

2,569 

4,445 

67,012 
4,303 
4,706 
2 

3,268,476 
 440,313  
129,728 
55,388 

162 

14,901 

$ 

76,194 

$ 

4,058,091 

As at October 31, 2022 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Amortized 
Cost 

Fair 
 Value 

 $  

26,833 

$ 

- 

$ 

- 

$ 

26,833 

4,047,037 
465,377 
157,393 

8,972 

 $  

4,705,612 

$ 

414 
67 
- 

1,617 

2,098 

136,630 
16,497 
8,671 

3,910,821 
448,947 
148,722 

284 

10,305 

$ 

162,082 

$ 

4,545,628 

(1)  Excludes financial instruments measured at amortized cost, including cash, non-interest bearing deposits with financial institutions and cheques and other items in transit of $67 million (October 31, 2022 – $89 million) and 

securities purchased under resale agreements of $135 million (October 31, 2022 – nil). 
Included in cash resources on the consolidated balance sheets.  

(2) 

 CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |    25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fluctuations in the value of securities are generally attributed to changes in interest rates, movements in market credit spreads and shifts in the interest rate curve. Net 
unrealized losses, before tax, recorded on the consolidated balance sheet at October 31, 2023 totaled $72 million, compared to net unrealized losses of $160 million last 
year. Elevated unrealized losses on cash and securities in prior year were primarily driven by the significant and rapid increase in market interest rates. The unrealized losses 
reduced in the current year with more stability in interest rates and through the maturity and replacement of debt securities with yields that reflect current market interest 
rates. We regularly review the level of unrealized losses on securities. Impairment charges on debt securities are reflected in net gains (losses) on securities only in the case 
of an issuer credit event. We have no direct investment in any sovereign debt or other securities issued outside of Canada or the United States. Refer to Table 25 – Valuation 
of Financial Instruments of our MD&A for additional information on significant financial assets and liabilities reported at fair value. 

LOANS 

Table 8 – Outstanding Loans by Portfolio  
($ millions)  

General commercial loans 
Personal loans and mortgages 
Commercial mortgages 

Equipment financing and leasing 
Real estate project loans 
Oil and gas production loans 

Total Outstanding Loans(1) 

2022  

Change from 2022 

$  

$ 

2023  

13,681 
7,118 
7,106 

5,722 
3,098 
485 

$ 

12,430 
6,952 
7,446 

5,546 
3,200 
332 

$  

37,210 

$ 

35,906 

$ 

1,251 
166 
(340) 

176 
  (102) 
153 

1,304 

10  % 

                2 
            (5) 

3 
(3)
46 

4  % 

(1)  Total loans outstanding by lending sector exclude the allowance for credit losses. 

Total loans, excluding the allowance for credit losses, increased 4% ($1.3 billion) compared to last year and reflected our continued focus on optimizing risk-adjusted returns 
in the current economic environment. 

Very strong growth of 10% in our general commercial portfolio reflected our continued focus to increase full-service client relationships across our national footprint. 
General commercial loans increased by 17% in Ontario, supported by our Mississauga and Markham banking centres. General commercial lending also reflected activity 
across a broad range of industries, such as finance and insurance, hospitality, retail trade, construction, transportation and storage, professional services, healthcare, and 
manufacturing. 

Personal loans and mortgages increased 2% ($166 million) primarily due to growth in uninsured mortgages, which benefited from strong new origination volumes with 
prudent loan-to-value ratios and strong average beacon scores. 

Our commercial mortgage portfolio declined 5% ($340 million) with new origination volume more than offset by scheduled repayments, as fewer new lending opportunities 
met our risk-adjusted return expectations.  

The equipment financing and leasing portfolio increased 3% ($176 million), primarily in Quebec, Alberta, and British Columbia (BC) and was dampened by continued market 
competition and elevated payouts in the year.  

Real estate project loans declined 3% ($102 million) as a lower than usual volume of new project starts from top-tier borrowers were more than offset by payouts associated 
with the timing of project completions, primarily in Alberta. 

Oil and gas production loans were up 46% ($153 million), primarily reflecting our participation in syndicated facilities that remain within our prudent risk appetite. As at 
October 31, 2023, our exposures to oil and gas service and production businesses each represented approximately 2% of total loans.  

The shift in the mix of our portfolio (see Figure 2) reflected strong execution against our strategy to focus on full-service client opportunities and risk-adjusted return 
expectations across a broad range of industries. Very strong growth in our strategically targeted general commercial loans increased the proportion of loans to 37% at 
October 31, 2023, compared to 35% in the prior year. The proportion of loans in commercial mortgages and real estate project loans also decreased to 19% and 8%, 
respectively, compared to the prior year proportions of 21% and 9%, respectively. The proportional decline in these portfolios primarily reflects lower volume of new lending 
which met our risk-adjusted return expectations, compared to repayments and project completions during the year. Our remaining portfolios remained relatively consistent 
with the prior year. 

Figure  2  –  Outstanding  Loans  by  Portfolio 
(October 31, 2022 in brackets)  

26    |    CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The shift in our portfolio based on the location of security (see Figure 3) reflected our continued focus to increase full-service client relationships across our national footprint. 
Very strong growth in the Ontario market, supported by solid momentum from our Markham and Mississauga banking centres, increased the proportion of loans to 25% at 
October 31, 2023, compared to 24% last year. The shift in geographic portfolio composition in Alberta and BC was primarily driven by lower commercial mortgage balances 
as discussed above.  

Figure 3 – Geographical Distribution of Outstanding Loans based on Location of Security  
(October 31, 2022 in brackets) 

The loan portfolio is focused on areas of demonstrated lending expertise, while concentrations measured by geographic area and industry sector are managed within 
specified tolerance levels. Our loan portfolio is well-diversified and continued to achieve greater diversification from a geographic and industry perspective this year. 

Table 9 – Outstanding Loans by Industry Sector(1) 
(% at October 31) 

Real estate operations 
Consumer loans and residential mortgages 
Construction 
Finance and insurance 
Transportation and storage 
Hotel/motel 
Retail trade 
Agriculture 
Health and social services 
Manufacturing 
Professional, scientific, and technical services 
Oil and gas service 
Oil and gas production 
Accommodation and food services 
Logging/forestry 
Wholesale trade 
Utilities 
All other 

Total 

(1)  Based on North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) codes. 

2023 

2022 

20  % 
19 
17 
9 
7 
5 
4 
3 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 

21  % 
19 
18 
9 
7 
5 
3 
2 
3 
2 
2 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 

100  % 

100  % 

 CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |    27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CREDIT QUALITY 
IMPAIRED LOANS 

Loans  are  determined  to  be  in  default  and  classified  as  impaired  when  payments  are  contractually  past  due  90  days  or  more,  when  we  have  commenced  realization 
proceedings, or when we are of the opinion that the loan should be regarded as impaired based on objective evidence. Objective evidence that a loan is impaired may 
include significant financial difficulty of a borrower, default or delinquency of a borrower, breach of loan covenants or conditions, or indications that a borrower will enter 
bankruptcy. 

Table 10 – Change in Gross Impaired Loans 
($ thousands) 

Gross impaired loans, beginning of year 
New formations 

Reductions, impaired accounts paid down or returned to performing status 

Write-offs 

Total(1) 

Balance of the ten largest impaired accounts 
Total number of accounts classified as impaired(2) 
Total number of accounts classified as impaired under $1 million(2) 
Gross impaired loans as a percentage of gross loans 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2023    

166,673   
341,495   

(205,140)  

(37,052)  

265,976   

139,162   
255   
225   
0.71  % 

 $  

 $  

 $  

2022   

202,324   
150,723   

(155,759)  

(30,615)  

166,673   

82,314   
280   
256   
0.46  % 

Change from 2022 

(35,651) 
190,772 

(49,381) 

(6,437) 

99,303 

56,848 
(25) 
(31) 

(18)  % 
127 

32 

21 

60  % 

69  % 
(9)  
(12)  
25  bp 

(1)  Gross impaired loans include foreclosed assets held for sale with a carrying value of $2,712 (October 31, 2022 – $2,010). We pursue timely realization of foreclosed assets and do not use the assets for our own operations. 
(2)  Total number of accounts excludes CWB National Leasing.  

Bp – basis point  

Gross impaired loans at October 31, 2023 totaled $266 million, up from $167 million last year, which represented 0.71% of gross loans compared to 0.46% last year. The 
level of gross impaired loans fluctuates as loans become impaired and are subsequently resolved and does not directly reflect the dollar value of expected write-offs given 
tangible security held in support of lending exposures. 

The increase in gross impaired loans was driven by an increase in new formations of impaired loans to $341 million this year, as expected as a result of higher interest rates 
pressuring the cash flow of borrowers. New formations of gross impaired loans of $151 million last year was suppressed by the continued benefit of Government stimulus 
and support. We continue to efficiently deliver resolutions of impaired loans, which totaled $205 million this year as compared to $156 million last year. Strong resolution 
activity with net write-offs that remain well below our historical average reflects our ongoing proactive management of the loan portfolio by our Special Asset Management 
Unit, a team that specializes in resolving troubled loans and minimizing credit losses.  

We regularly review the overall loan portfolio and undertake credit decisions on a case-by-case basis to provide early identification of possible adverse trends. Our strong 
credit risk management framework, including well-established underwriting standards, the secured nature of our lending portfolio with conservative loan-to-value ratios, 
and proactive approach to working with clients through difficult periods has continued to be an effective approach. This is demonstrated by our history of low write-offs as 
a percentage of average loans, including through past periods of economic volatility. Refer to the Risk Management section of this MD&A for additional information. 

28    |    CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES 

Allowances for credit losses are maintained for expected credit losses (ECL) in the performing loan portfolio and assessed on a loan-by-loan basis for impaired loans. The 
performing loan allowance (Stage 1 and 2) consists of expected credit losses for losses in the portfolio that are not presently identifiable on an account-by-account basis. 
The allowance for impaired loans consists of the amounts required to reduce the carrying value of individually identified impaired loans to their estimated realizable value. 
We establish estimates through detailed analysis of both the overall quality and marketability of the security held against each impaired account.  

At October 31, 2023, the total allowance for credit losses of $175 million consisted of $132 million for performing loans and $43 million related to impaired loans (Stage 3). 
One year ago, the total allowance for credit losses of $167 million consisted of $120 million for performing loans and $47 million related to impaired loans. The change in 
the allowance for credit losses compared to last year, with the allowance for impaired loans split by loan portfolio, is provided in the following table. 

Table 11 – Allowance for Credit Losses 
($ thousands) 

Impaired loan allowance (Stage 3)  

General commercial loans 
Equipment financing and leasing 
Commercial mortgages 
Personal loans and mortgages 
Real estate project loans 
Oil and gas production loans 

Performing loan allowance (Stage 1 and 2)  

Total 

Represented by: 

Loans 
Committed but undrawn credit exposures and letters of credit(2) 

Total 

2023  
Opening 
 Balance 

Provision for 
(Recovery of) 
Credit Losses 

(Write-Offs) 

  net of    
Recoveries(1) 

$ 

$ 

32,469 
6,788 
6,734 
140 
560 
- 

46,691 
120,437 

$ 

167,128 

$ 

(3,091) 
6,280 
10,738 
546 
885 
(15) 

15,343 
11,676 

27,019 

$ 

(10,308) 
(6,484) 
(14) 
(644) 
(1,400) 
15 

(18,835) 
- 

$ 

(18,835) 

2023 
Ending  
Balance 

19,070 
6,584 
17,458 
42 
45 
- 

43,199 
132,113 

175,312 

172,563 
2,749 

175,312 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(1)  Recoveries in fiscal 2023 totaled $18,215 (2022 – $5,858). 
(2)  The performing allowance for credit losses related to committed but undrawn credit exposures and letters of credit is included in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. 

Performing loan allowance  

The performing loan allowance is estimated based on 12-month expected credit losses for loans in Stage 1, while loans in Stage 2 require the recognition of lifetime expected 
credit losses. The proportion of performing loans in Stage 2 was 13%, compared to 20% last year. The decrease in Stage 2 loans compared to last year primarily reflects a 
more pessimistic macroeconomic forecast in the prior year relative to the periods those loans were originated. 

The performing loan allowance of $132 million increased 10% from the prior year, primarily driven by a continued weakening in the economic outlook over the past year. 
The macroeconomic forecast in the current year, which is calibrated against an average of the large Canadian banks’ macroeconomic forecasts, reflects continued weak 
economic growth into fiscal 2024, before expanding in the latter half of the year. For further details on the economic factors and scenarios incorporated into the estimation 
of the performing loan allowance, see Note 6 of the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended October 31, 2023.   

Key economic variables incorporated into our ECL models are inherently prone to volatility on a forward-looking basis. Continued increases in market interest rates, global 
geopolitical uncertainty, and a significant adverse shift in the macroeconomic outlook could result in negative revisions to expected economic assumptions. Hindsight cannot 
be used, so while these evolving assumptions may result in future forecasts that differ from those used in the ECL estimation at October 31, 2023, those changes will be 
reflected in future periods.  

In estimating the performing loan allowance, where required we supplement our modeled ECL to reflect expert credit judgments. These expert credit judgments incorporate 
the estimated impact of factors that are not fully captured through our modeled ECL. 

Impaired loan allowance   

The allowance for impaired loans (Stage 3) was $43 million, compared to $47 million last year. Given the larger average exposure size within our commercial portfolios in 
comparison to personal loans, our impaired loan allowances and provisions for credit losses may fluctuate as loans become impaired and are subsequently resolved. In 
determining allowances for impaired loans, we establish estimates through detailed analysis of both the overall quality and ultimate marketability of the security held 
against each impaired account on a case-by-case basis.    

 CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |    29 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES 

The provision for credit losses as a percentage of average loans of seven basis points consisted of a four basis point provision related to impaired loans and a three basis 
point provision related to performing loans. This compared to a 14 point provision for credit losses last year, including a ten basis point charge related to impaired loans and 
a four basis point charge related to performing loans. In dollar terms, the provision for credit losses was $27 million compared to $46 million last year. The provision for 
credit losses on impaired loans was $15 million compared to $32 million last year. The lower provision for credit losses on impaired loans was primarily due to an increase 
in recoveries of impaired loan write-offs upon final resolution. The provision for credit losses on performing loans was a $12 million charge, compared to a charge of $14 
million last year. For additional information on the estimation of the performing loan allowance, refer to the Allowance for Credit Losses section of our MD&A. 

The timing of write-offs and recoveries of previous write-offs can fluctuate as loans become impaired and are subsequently resolved. Our approach to managing credit risk 
has proven to be very effective and write-offs as a percentage of average loans of ten basis points remained well below our five-year historical average.  

Table 12 – Provision for Credit Losses 
(as a percentage of average loans) 

Provision for credit losses on total loans 
Provision for credit losses on impaired loans 
Write-offs 

PAST DUE LOANS 

2023 

0.07  % 
0.04 
0.10 

2022 

0.14  % 
0.10 
0.09 

2021 

0.09  % 
0.17 
0.19 

2020 

                 2019 

0.32  % 
0.18 
0.17 

 0.21  % 
 0.21  
 0.23  

Loans are considered past due when a customer has not made a payment by the contractual due date. 

Table 13 – Past Due Loans 
($ thousands) 

As at October 31, 2023 

Personal 
Business 

Total 

1 – 30 
 days 

31 – 60  
days 

61 – 90 
days 

  $ 

 114,397   $ 
 116,991  

 57,326   $ 
 58,998  

4,059  $ 

26,129 

Total 

175,782 
202,118 

  $ 

 231,388   $ 

 116,324   $ 

30,188  $ 

377,900 

As at October 31, 2022 

  $ 

174,127  $ 

77,308  $ 

46,997  $ 

298,432 

Past due performing loans of $378 million were 27% higher than prior year. Past due performing loans as a percentage of total gross loans are now moderately higher than 
our five-year historical average and are starting to reflect the impacts of the elevated interest rate environment on borrower credit performance.  

30    |    CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DEPOSITS AND FUNDING 

Table 14 – Deposits  
($ thousands) 

Personal, branch-raised 

Business and government, branch-raised 
Deposit brokers 

Capital markets 

Total  

% of Total 

Personal 

Business and government 

Deposit brokers 

Capital markets 

Total  

% of Total 

Demand 

Notice 

Term 

2023  
Total 

% of  
Total 

$  

  30,380 

  $ 

  6,616,801 

  $ 

4,780,322 

  $ 

  11,427,503 

34  % 

  980,924 
- 

- 

  6,139,026 
- 

 -  

2,197,789  
9,186,914 

3,396,293 

9,317,739 
9,186,914 

  3,396,293 

28 
28 

10 

$  

1,011,304 

  $ 

  12,755,827 

  $ 

  19,561,318 

  $ 

33,328,449 

100  % 

3  % 

38  % 

59  % 

100  % 

Demand 

Notice 

Term 

2022 
Total 

% of 
Total 

$  

 35,688 

  $ 

 6,654,784 

  $ 

  3,957,977 

  $ 

  10,648,449  

32  % 

 1,314,615 

 6,456,577 

- 

- 

- 

 -  

2,457,809 

7,639,305 

4,493,707 

 10,229,001 

7,639,305 

 4,493,707 

31 

23 

14 

$  

 1,350,303 

  $ 

 13,111,361 

  $ 

  18,548,798 

  $ 

 33,010,462 

100  % 

4  % 

40  % 

56  % 

100  % 

Total deposits increased 1% ($0.3 billion) from last year, as higher personal and broker deposit balances were partially offset by lower business and government and capital 
market deposits.   

Table 15 – Deposits by Source 
(as a percentage of total deposits at October 31) 

Branch-raised 

Deposit brokers 
Capital markets 

Total 

2023 

2022 

62  % 

28   
10   

100  % 

63  % 

23   
14   

100  % 

Branch-raised deposits of $20.7 billion comprised 62% of total deposits and decreased 1% ($0.1 billion) from last year as a 9% ($0.6 billion) increase in fixed term deposits 
were more than offset by a 5% ($0.7 billion) decrease in demand and notice deposits. Branch-raised demand and notice deposits declined from the prior year primarily due 
to our intentional exit of select higher cost non-full-service client relationships early in the year, which we replaced with insured, fixed term broker deposits. Lower branch-
raised demand and notice deposits also reflected a reduction in account balances as clients continue to deploy excess savings rather than incur debt to manage cash flow 
in the elevated rate environment. For clients that retained excess savings, we noted a continued preference for term deposits in the current interest rate environment.  

Other types of deposits are primarily sourced through a deposit broker network and debt capital markets. Capital market deposits decreased 24% ($1.1 billion) as senior 
deposit note maturities during the year were replaced with broker term deposits due to a lower relative cost compared to new senior deposit note issuances. Capital market 
deposits now represent 10% of total deposits, compared to 14% last year. 

The  broker  deposit  market  remains  an  efficient  and  liquid  source  of  funding.  Although  these  funds  are  subject  to  commissions,  this  cost  is  countered  by  a  reduced 
dependence on a more extensive branch network and the benefit of generating insured fixed-term retail deposits over a wide geographic base. At times broker-sourced 
deposits also reflect a lower relative cost compared to other funding options. We only raise fixed term deposits through this funding channel, with terms to maturity between 
one and five years, and do not offer a High Interest Savings Account (HISA) product. Broker-sourced deposits increased 20% ($1.5 billion) from last year and represent 28% 
of total deposits, up from 23% last year.  

We continue to invest in our securitization capabilities and participate in lease securitization vehicles, the NHA MBS program and the Canada Mortgage Bond (CMB) program. 
The gross amount of securitized leases and loans was $2.2 billion, compared to $2.1 billion one year ago. The gross amount of mortgages securitized under the NHA MBS 
program was $1.3 billion, compared to $1.4 billion last year. Funding from the securitization of leases, loans and mortgages totaled $1.0 billion (2022 – $1.2 billion) during 
the year, including $0.9 billion (2022 – $1.0 billion) of equipment leases and loans, and $0.1 billion (2022 – $0.2 billion) from participation in the CMB program. 

 CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |    31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OTHER ASSETS AND OTHER LIABILITIES 

Other assets at October 31, 2023 totaled $1.0 billion and were relatively consistent with last year. Higher intangible asset balances associated with our continued investment 
in our digital capabilities were offset by lower accounts receivable balances. Other liabilities totaled $1.1 billion at October 31, 2023 compared to $1.2 billion last year, with 
the decrease primarily related to lower securities sold under repurchase agreements, partially offset by higher accounts payable balances and an increase in the liability 
recognized for unfavourable derivative contracts used for interest rate risk management purposes.  

LIQUIDITY MANAGEMENT 

We maintain a conservative liquid asset profile. Our cash and securities portfolio is comprised of high-quality debt instruments, primarily issued or guaranteed by federal 
(Canada or United States), provincial or municipal governments, and short-term money market instruments. A schedule outlining our securities portfolio at October 31, 
2023 is provided in Note 4 of the audited consolidated financial statements. For additional information on the governance and risk management related to liquidity and 
funding risk, refer to the Liquidity and Funding Risk section of our MD&A.  

Table 16 – Liquid Assets 
($ thousands) 

2023 

2022  Change from 2022 

Cash and non-interest bearing deposits with financial institutions 

$  

49,114 

  $  

Interest bearing deposits with financial institutions 

Cheques and other items in transit 

Government of Canada treasury bills 

Government of Canada, provincial and municipal debt, term to maturity one year or less 

Government of Canada, provincial and municipal debt, term to maturity more than one year 
NHA mortgage-backed securities(1) 

Other securities 

Securities (sold) purchased under (repurchase) resale agreements 

149,285 

17,410 

215,809 

392,013 

1,895,269 

1,421,507 

42,066 

200,017 

134,662 

4,085,534 

81,228 

26,833 

7,918 

115,979 

- 

2,051,914 

2,307,854 

229,052 

159,027 

(247,354) 

4,500,493 

$  

(32,114)  

122,452  

9,492  

99,830  

392,013  

(156,645)  

(886,347)  

(186,986)  

40,990  

382,016  

(414,959)  

(315,129)  

892,551  

Total Liquid Assets 

Total Assets 

Liquid Assets as a Percentage of Total Assets 

Total Cash and Securities 

Cash and Securities as a Percentage of Total Assets 

Total Deposit Liabilities 

Liquid Assets as a Percentage of Total Deposit Liabilities 

$  

4,301,343 

  $  

4,616,472 

$   42,320,103 

  $   41,427,552 

$  

$  

10  % 

11  % 

(1) % 

$  

4,259,277 

$  

4,387,420   

$  

(128,143)  

10  % 

11  % 

(1) % 

$   33,328,449 

$   33,010,462   

$  

317,987   

13  % 

14  % 

(1) % 

(1) 

Includes securitized mortgages that were not transferred to third parties. These are reported in loans at amortized cost on the consolidated balance sheets. 

The  composition  of  total  liquid  assets  supports  ongoing  compliance  with  the  OSFI  Liquidity  Adequacy  Requirements (LAR)  guideline.  Liquid  assets,  as  defined  by  OSFI, 
comprised of cash, deposits, securities (sold) purchased under (repurchase) resale agreements and marketable debt securities, totaled $4.3 billion at October 31, 2023 
(October 31, 2022 – $4.6 billion). Liquid assets represented 10% of total assets, compared to 11% last year, and 13% of total deposit liabilities at year end, compared to 14% 
last year. The decline from last year was primarily driven by an increase in the proportion of insured term deposits of total deposits in the current year. 

Our liquidity management is based on an internal stressed cash flow model, with the level of cash and securities driven primarily by the term structure of both assets and 
liabilities, and the liquidity structure of liabilities. We continue to apply Guideline B-6: Liquidity Principles (Guideline B-6), which complements the LAR guideline and sets out 
OSFI’s expectations for how deposit-taking institutions should manage liquidity risk. In fiscal 2023, we continued to maintain very prudent levels of liquidity. 

Other key elements of the composition of liquid assets at October 31, 2023 compared to the prior year include: 

•  Maturities within one year comprise 65% (October 31, 2022 – 42%), with the increase from the prior year in response to changes in market interest rates and continued 

economic uncertainty; 

•  Government of Canada, provincial and municipal debt securities and unencumbered NHA MBS comprise 87% (October 31, 2022 – 99%); and, 

•  Cash and deposits with financial institutions comprise 5% (October 31, 2022 – 3%). 

32    |    CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A summary of all outstanding deposits by contractual maturity date is presented in the two following tables. 

Table 17 – Deposit Maturities Within One Year 
($ millions) 

October 31, 2023 

Demand deposits 

Notice deposits 

Deposits payable on a fixed date 

Total 

October 31, 2022 Total 

Table 18 – Total Deposit Maturities 
($ millions) 

Within 

1 Month 

1 to 3 

Months 

3 Months 

Cumulative 

to 1 Year 

  Within 1 Year 

$  

1,011 

$  

- 

$  

- 

$ 

9,837 

825 

$  

$ 

  11,673 

$  

13,019   $  

511 

  1,763 

2,274 

1,668 

4 to 5  
Years 

- 
- 
  1,905 

1,905 

1,305 

$  

$  

$ 

$ 

$ 

2,409 

  6,869 

9,278 

8,153 

More than 
 5 Years 

- 
- 
195 

195 

566 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

  1,011 

  12,756 

9,458 

  23,225 

22,840  

Total 

1,011 
12,756 
  19,561 

33,328 

33,010 

October 31, 2023 

Demand deposits 
Notice deposits 
Deposits payable on a fixed date 

Total 

October 31, 2022 Total 

Within  
1 Year 

1,011 
  12,756 
9,458 

$ 

  23,225 

$ 

22,840   $ 

 $  

 $  

$ 

1 to 2  
Years 

- 
- 
3,792 

3,792 

5,006 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2 to 3 
 Years 

- 
- 
2,460 

2,460 

2,440 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3 to 4  
Years 

- 
- 
1,751 

1,751 

853 

$ 

$ 

$ 

A breakdown of deposits by source is provided in Table 14 and Table 15. Target limits by source have been established as part of the overall liquidity policy and are monitored 
regularly to ensure an acceptable level of funding diversification is maintained. We continue to develop and implement strategies to compete for branch-raised deposits, 
and to strengthen this channel as the core source of funding. Additional sources of liquidity include deposits raised through broker channels, issuances of senior deposit 
notes, instruments that qualify as regulatory capital and securitization activity.   

A summary of the subordinated debentures outstanding is presented in the following table. 

Table 19 – Subordinated Debentures Outstanding 
($ thousands)  

Series F NVCC subordinated debentures 
Series G NVCC subordinated debentures 
Series H NVCC subordinated debentures 

Interest  

Rate(1) 

Maturity  
Date 

Reset 
Spread(1) 

Earliest Date 
Redeemable  by 
CWB at Par 

3.668% 
4.840% 
                 5.937% 

June 11, 2029 
June 29, 2030 
  December 22, 2032 

199 bp 
410.2 bp 
291  bp 

June 11, 2024  $ 
June 29, 2025 
   December 22, 2027 

Par Value(2)

 250,000  
125,000  
150,000 

(1)  The interest rate will be paid until the earliest date redeemable, after which the interest rate will reset quarterly at the reset spread basis points over the then three-month Bankers’ Acceptance rate for Series F and Series G and 

CORRA for Series H. 

(2)  The balance reported on the consolidated balance sheet as at October 31, 2023 includes unamortized financing costs related to the issuance of subordinated debentures of $1,562 (October 31, 2022 - $1,198). 

Bp – basis point  

On December 22, 2022, we issued $150 million of Series H NVCC subordinated debentures with a fixed annual interest rate of 5.937% until December 22, 2027.  

In addition to deposit liabilities and subordinated debentures, we have notional debt securities related to the securitization of loans, leases, and mortgages to third parties. 
Further details can be found in Note 7 and 14 of the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended October 31, 2023. 

 CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |    33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CAPITAL MANAGEMENT 

We manage capital in accordance with policies and plans that are regularly reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors. Capital management includes forecast capital 
requirements  with  consideration  of  anticipated  profitability,  asset  growth  and  composition,  market  and  economic  conditions,  regulatory  changes,  and  common  and 
preferred share dividends. The goal is to maintain adequate regulatory capital to be considered well-capitalized and protect customer deposits, while providing a satisfactory 
return for shareholders. We have established target capital levels that are informed by our Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) and stress tests, and are 
deemed prudent to effectively manage risks, including potential capital shocks from unexpected macroeconomic and/or CWB-specific events. 

During the year, we complied with all external capital requirements.  

ATM Program 

All common shares issued under the ATM program in the year were issued in the first quarter of fiscal 2023, with no common shares issued thereafter. 

On June 1, 2022, we re-established an ATM program to allow the periodic issuance up to a total of $150 million of common shares, at our discretion and if needed, at the 
prevailing market price, under a prospectus supplement to the CWB short-term base shelf prospectus, which expires on July 1, 2024. Under the existing ATM program, we 
have issued 4,501,766 common shares for gross proceeds of $111 million, or net proceeds of $109 million after commissions and other issuance costs. The ATM program 
was re-established following the termination of the previous ATM program established on May 31, 2021, due to the sale of most of the $150 million common shares 
approved under the previous program. 

Table 20 – ATM Usage 
($ thousands, except per share amounts) 

Common shares issued(1) 
Average price per share 
Gross proceeds 
Net proceeds(2) 

$ 

2023 

2022 

1,835  
24.53   $ 
44,998        
44,253   

4,725  
29.86  
141,098        
138,392  

(1)  During the year ended October 31, 2023, all shares issued were under the new ATM program. For the comparative 2022 periods, shares issued in Q1 and Q2 2022 were under the previous ATM program (2,058 shares issued, at 
average price of $36.46, for gross proceeds of $75,038 and net proceeds of $73,767) and shares issued in Q3 and Q4 2022 were under the current ATM program (2,667 shares issued, at average price of $24.77, for gross proceeds 
of $66,060, and net proceeds of $64,625).   

(2)  Gross proceeds less sales commissions and other issuance costs. 

Share-based Payments 

We provide a share-based incentive plan to officers and employees who are in a position to significantly impact the long-term financial success of the organization. Note 16 
of the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended October 31, 2023 provides details related to the number of options outstanding, the weighted average 
exercise price and the amounts exercisable at year end.  

BASEL III CAPITAL ADEQUACY ACCORD 

OSFI requires Canadian financial institutions to manage and report regulatory capital in accordance with the Basel III capital management framework. We currently report 
regulatory capital ratios using the Standardized approach for calculating risk-weighted assets, which requires us to carry significantly more capital for certain credit exposures 
compared to requirements under the AIRB methodology. For this reason, regulatory capital ratios of banks that utilize the Standardized approach are not directly comparable 
with the large Canadian banks and other financial institutions that utilize the AIRB methodology. Our required minimum regulatory capital ratios, including a 250 basis point 
capital conservation buffer, are 7.0% CET1, 8.5% Tier 1 and 10.5% Total capital. 

REGULATORY UPDATES 

Basel III Reforms and Pillar 3 Disclosures 

On January 31, 2022, OSFI released the finalized CAR 2023 guidelines related to the implementation of Basel III reforms in Canada, which includes adjustments to the 
calculation  of  risk-weighted  assets  under  both  the  Standardized  approach  and  the  internal  ratings-based  approach to  credit  risk,  operational  risk,  and credit  valuation 
adjustments, as well as to the AIRB capital floors. On the same date, OSFI released the Small and Medium-Sized Deposit-taking Institutions (SMSBs) Capital and Liquidity 
Requirements, which considers proportionality and provides simplified capital and liquidity requirements for SMSBs of various sizes. OSFI also released the final Pillar 3 
Disclosure Guideline, which lists the disclosures required for SMSBs and their respective implementation date. Based on our total assets, we qualify as a Category I SMSB. 

The CAR 2023 guidelines and associated disclosure requirements became effective on February 1, 2023 which increased our CET1 capital ratio by approximately 15 basis 
points on adoption due to an overall reduction in risk-weighted asset density. 

34    |    CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REGULATORY CAPITAL AND CAPITAL ADEQUACY RATIOS 

Table 21 – Capital Structure and Regulatory Ratios at Year End 
($ thousands) 

Regulatory Capital, Net of Deductions 

Common equity Tier 1 
Tier 1 
Total 

Capital Ratios 
    Common equity Tier 1 

Tier 1 
Total 

Leverage Ratio 
bp – basis point 

2023 

2022  

Change from 

2022   

$  

3,157,495 
3,732,495 
4,388,046 

 $  

2,861,456  
3,436,456  
3,925,118  

 $  

296,039   
296,039   
462,928   

9.7  % 

8.8  % 

11.5 
13.5 
8.5 

10.6  
12.1  
8.1  

90  bp 
 90   
140   
   40   

Our  CET1  capital  ratio  of  9.7%  increased  90  basis  points  compared  to  last  year  reflecting  the  impact  of  retained  earnings  growth,  a  reduction  in  accumulated  other 
comprehensive loss related to an increase in unrealized gains on debt securities measured at FVOCI, the adoption of CAR 2023 guidelines and common shares issued under 
our ATM program in the first quarter of the year, partially offset by risk-weighted asset growth.  

The Tier 1 capital ratio of 11.5% increased 90 basis points from last year, primarily due to the proportional impact of the same factors noted above. 

The total capital ratio of 13.5% increased 140 basis points from last year due to the issuance of $150 million Series H NVCC subordinated debentures in the year and the 
proportional impact of the same factors noted above. 

Our Basel III leverage ratio of 8.5% was very strong compared to the regulatory minimum of 3.0%, where a higher ratio indicates lower leverage. 

BOOK VALUE PER COMMON SHARE  

Book value per common share at October 31, 2023 of $35.79 was up 7% from $33.48 last year. Compared to last year, the increase primarily reflects retained earnings 
growth and lower accumulated other comprehensive losses related to improvement in the fair value of our debt securities, partially offset by an increase in common shares 
outstanding. 

 CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |    35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS 

Financial assets include cash resources, securities, securities purchased under resale agreements, loans, derivatives, and certain other assets. Financial liabilities include 
deposits, securities sold under repurchase agreements, derivatives, debt, and certain other liabilities. 

The use of financial instruments exposes CWB to credit, liquidity, and market risk. A discussion of how these are managed can be found in the Risk Management section of 
our MD&A.  

Further information on how the fair value of financial instruments is determined is included in the Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value discussion in the Accounting 
Policies and Estimates section of our MD&A. 

Income and expenses are classified as to source, either securities or loans for income, and deposits or debt for expense. Gains (losses) on the sale of securities, unrealized 
gains (losses) on securities measured at FVTPL, and fair value changes in certain derivatives are classified to non-interest income.  

DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

More detailed information on the nature of derivative financial instruments is shown in Note 10 of the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended October 
31, 2023. The notional amounts of derivative financial instruments are not reflected on the consolidated balance sheets. 

Table 22 - Derivative Financial Instruments 
($ thousands) 

Notional Amounts 

Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges(1) 
Interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges(2) 
Equity swaps designated as cash flow hedges(3) 
Equity swaps not designated as accounting hedges(4) 
Foreign exchange contracts not designated as accounting hedges(5) 

Total 

2023 

2022 

 $   8,615,000 
339,616 
21,342 
7,677 
787,071 

 $   6,070,000 
355,020 
19,756 
8,066 
144 

 $   9,770,706   $   6,452,986 

Interest rate swaps designated as accounting cash flow hedges outstanding at October 31, 2023 mature between November 2023 and July 2033. 
Interest rate swaps designated as accounting fair value hedges outstanding at October 31, 2023 mature between October 2024 and September 2028. 

(1) 
(2) 
(3)  Equity swaps designated as accounting hedges outstanding at October 31, 2023 mature between June 2024 and June 2026. 
(4)  Equity swaps not designated as accounting hedges outstanding at October 31, 2023 mature in June 2024. 
(5)  Foreign exchange contracts outstanding at October 31, 2023 mature between November 2023 and September 2024. 

The active use of interest rate swap contracts remains an integral component to manage the interest rate gap position. Derivative financial instruments are entered into 
only for CWB’s own account. We do not act as an intermediary in derivatives markets. Transactions are entered into on the basis of industry standard contracts with approved 
counterparties subject to periodic and at least annual review, including an assessment of the credit worthiness of the counterparty. As part of our structural Market Risk 
Management Policy the use of derivative financial instruments is approved, reviewed, and monitored on a regular basis by the Group Asset Liability Committee (ALCo), and 
are reviewed and approved by the Board Risk Committee no less than annually.  

OFF-BALANCE SHEET  

Off-balance sheet items include assets under management, advisement, and administration.  

Table 23 - Off-balance sheet items 
($ thousands) 

Wealth Management  

   Assets under management and administration 

   Assets under advisement(1) 

Assets Under Administration - Other 

2023 

2022 

$ 

7,925,785  $ 

7,825,003 

2,197,397 

1,824,961 

15,370,989 

  13,943,199 

(1)  Primarily comprised of assets under advisement related to our Indigenous Services wealth management business.  

Wealth management assets under management and administration were $7.9 billion at year end compared to $7.8 billion one year ago, primarily due an increase in the 
market value of underlying assets and new client acquisitions, partially offset by a decline in balances from our existing clients. Indigenous Services assets under advisement 
of $2.2 billion increased from $1.8 billion last year, primarily due to asset growth from new and existing clients. 

Other assets under administration totaled $15.4 billion at October 31, 2023 (October 31, 2022 – $13.9 billion). The increase from last year reflected higher market value of 
underlying assets and asset growth from both new and existing clients in CWB Trust Services. 

Other  off-balance  sheet  items  are  comprised  of  standard  industry  credit  instruments  (guarantees,  standby  letters  of  credit  and  commitments  to  extend  credit)  and 
contractual purchase obligations. We do not utilize, nor do we have exposure to, collateralized debt obligations or credit default swaps. For additional information regarding 
other off-balance sheet items refer to Note 17 of the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended October 31, 2023. 

36    |    CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
SUMMARY OF QUARTERLY RESULTS AND FOURTH QUARTER 
QUARTERLY RESULTS 

The financial results for each of the last eight quarters are summarized in Table 24. Detailed MD&A along with unaudited interim consolidated financial statements for each 
quarter, except for the fourth quarters, are available for review on SEDAR at www.sedarplus.ca and on our website at www.cwb.com. Copies of the quarterly reports to 
shareholders can also be obtained, free of charge, by contacting InvestorRelations@cwbank.com.  

Table 24 - Quarterly Financial Highlights 
($ thousands, except per share amounts) 

Results from Operations 
Net interest income 
Non-interest income 
Total revenue 
Pre-tax, pre-provision income 
Common shareholders' net income 
Earnings per share 

Basic 
Diluted 
Adjusted 

Return on common shareholders' equity 
Adjusted return on common  
     shareholders' equity 
Return on assets 
Net interest margin 
Efficiency ratio 
Provision for credit losses on total loans  
    as a percentage of average loans(1) 
Provision for credit losses on impaired loans 

as a percentage of average loans(1) 

Q4 

2023 

Q3 

Q2 

Q1 

Q4 

Q3 

Q2 

Q1 

2022 

$   256,316  
 35,447  
   291,763  
   143,037  
 76,845  

  $  252,158    $  230,523 
33,891 
  264,414 
  118,248 
70,040 

31,348 
  283,506  
  137,213  
83,068  

  $  242,280 
30,611 
  272,891 
  129,030 
94,363 

  $   240,202  
 39,636  
   279,838  
   132,528  
 67,687  

  $  240,593 
 31,119  
   271,712  
   132,346  
 80,809  

  $  226,109 
 32,652  
   258,761  
   119,919  
 74,164  

  $  233,072 
32,904 
  265,976 
  137,110 
87,642 

0.80 
 0.80  
 0.94  

0.86  
0.86  
0.88  

 0.73  
 0.73  
0.74  

9.0  % 

9.8  % 

8.7  % 

10.6 
0.72 
2.40 
51.0 

0.11 

0.08 

10.0 
0.78 
2.37 
51.6 

0.16 

0.10 

8.9 
0.69 
2.26 
55.3 

0.12 

0.12 

0.99 
0.99 
1.02 
11.6  % 

12.0 
0.90 
2.32 
52.7 

0.72 
 0.72  
 0.88  

8.6  % 

10.5 
0.66 
2.33 
52.6 

(0.09)

0.14 

(0.12)

- 

 0.88  
 0.88  
 0.90  
10.4  % 

 0.82  
 0.82  
 0.84  
10.0  % 

0.98 
0.97 
0.99 
11.6  % 

10.7 
0.81 
2.43 
51.3 

0.16 

0.12 

10.3 
0.79 
2.42 
53.7 

0.14 

0.14 

11.8 
0.93 
2.47 
48.5 

0.11 

0.12 

(1) 

Includes provisions for credit losses on loans, committed but undrawn credit exposures and letters of credit.   

FOURTH QUARTER OF 2023 
Q4 2023 VS. Q3 2023 

Common shareholders’ net income of $77 million and diluted earnings per common share of $0.80 both decreased 7% primarily due to non-interest expenses incurred 
related to a reorganization of our operations late in the quarter. Adjusted common shareholders’ net income of $91 million and adjusted earnings per common share $0.94 
increased 8% and 7%, respectively, as we benefited from higher revenues, lower provision for credit losses and prudent management of our expenses. Pre-tax, pre-provision 
income of $143 million was up 4%.   

Total revenue of $292 million grew 3%, which reflected a 2% increase in net interest income and a 13% increase in non-interest income. Net interest income of $256 million 
was driven by a three basis point improvement in net interest margin. Higher net interest margin reflected the benefit of increased yields on fixed term assets from higher 
market interest rates, which had a larger impact than the increase in deposit costs this quarter. Non-interest income growth reflected higher foreign exchange revenue 
recorded  within  ‘other’  non-interest  income,  partially  offset  by  lower  wealth  management  fees  due  to  market  value  declines  that  reduced  average  assets  under 
management.    

The provision for credit losses on total loans of 11 basis points was five basis points lower than last quarter. The performing loan provision for credit losses of three basis 
points declined by three basis points compared to last quarter and reflected continued uncertainty in the economic environment. The impaired loan provision of eight basis 
points declined two basis points from last quarter and remained below our historical five-year average.  

Non-interest expenses of $168 million were up 13% and included $17 million of costs incurred to execute reorganization initiatives to realize efficiencies in our banking 
centre footprint, operational support functions, and administrative processes. Adjusted non-interest expenses increased 2% and reflected higher capital taxes, and the 
impact of customary seasonal increases in certain expenses, including advertising and community investment costs, partially offset by actions undertaken during the year 
to carefully manage our staffing levels and limit discretionary expenditures to deliver positive operating leverage. We also benefitted from an SR&ED investment tax credit 
realized in the quarter. 

 CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |    37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Q4 2023 VS. Q4 2022 

Common shareholders’ net income and diluted earnings per common share increased 14% and 11%, respectively, primarily due to higher revenues and a lower provision 
for credit losses compared to the same quarter last year. Adjusted common shareholders’ net income and adjusted earnings per common share increased 10% and 7%, 
respectively. Pre-tax, pre-provision income increased 8%. 

Total revenue increased 4%, primarily due to a 7% increase in net interest income, partially offset by an 11% decrease in non-interest income, as foreign exchange revenue 
was significantly elevated in the same quarter last year. Net interest income increased 7%, primarily due to 4% loan growth and a seven basis point improvement in net 
interest margin. The increase in net interest margin was driven by focusing loan growth in our strategically targeted general commercial loan portfolio, which produced 
strong risk-adjusted returns.  

Our provision for credit losses on total loans as a percentage of average loans was three basis points lower compared to the same quarter last year due to a decrease in the 
performing loan provision, partially offset by a higher impaired loan provision. The performing loan provision was elevated in the same quarter last year due to a more 
significant deterioration in the forward-looking macroeconomic outlook at that time. 

Adjusted non-interest expenses were up 1% from the same quarter last year as the impact of salary increments enacted in the prior year and higher capital taxes, were 
partially offset by lower spending on strategic projects and our continued actions undertaken during the year to carefully manage our staffing levels and limit discretionary 
expenditures. Non-interest expenses also benefited from an SR&ED investment tax credit realized in the current quarter. 

ADJUSTED ROE AND ROA 

The fourth quarter ROE of 9.0% declined 80 basis points on a sequential basis and reflected lower common shareholders’ net income, driven by higher non-interest expenses 
due to costs associated with the reorganization of our operations in the quarter and higher common shareholders’ equity. Compared to the same quarter last year, ROE 
increased 40 basis points and reflected higher common shareholders’ net income, partially offset by higher average common shareholders’ equity. Adjusted ROE of 10.6% 
was up 60 basis points from last quarter and 10 basis points from the same quarter last year, as higher adjusted common shareholders’ net income was partially offset by 
higher average common shareholders’ equity. 

The fourth quarter return on assets (ROA) of 0.72% was six basis points lower on a sequential quarter basis and reflected lower common shareholders’ net income, driven 
by higher non-interest expenses due to costs associated with the reorganization of our operations in the quarter and higher average assets. Compared to the same quarter 
last year, ROA increased six basis points as higher common shareholders’ net income more than offset higher average assets. 

EFFICIENCY RATIO 

The fourth quarter efficiency ratio improved to 51.0% compared to 51.6% last quarter and 52.6% last year driven by the combination of an expanding net interest margin 
and prudent expense management. 

ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES 
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES 

CWB’s significant accounting policies are outlined in Note 1 of the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended October 31, 2023, with related financial 
note  disclosures  by  major  caption.  The  policies  discussed  below  are  considered  particularly  important,  as  they  require  management  to  make  significant  estimates  or 
judgments, some of which may relate to matters that are inherently uncertain. 

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES 

An allowance for credit losses is maintained to absorb ECL for both performing assets and impaired assets based on management’s estimate at the balance sheet date and 
forward-looking information. Under IFRS 9, the allowance for credit losses related to performing and impaired assets is estimated using an ECL approach that represents 
the discounted probability-weighted estimate of cash shortfalls expected to result from defaults over the relevant time horizon. To do this, the ECL approach incorporates 
a number of underlying assumptions which involve a high degree of management judgment and can have a significant impact on financial results. Significant key drivers 
impacting the estimation of ECL, which are interrelated, include:  

•  Internal risk ratings attributable to a borrower or instrument reflecting the borrower’s credit quality, including any changes since the inception of the loan; 

•  Estimated realizable amount of future cash flows on Stage 3 loans; 

•  Thresholds used to determine when a borrower has experienced a significant increase in credit risk; and, 

•  Forward-looking information, specifically related to variables to which the ECL models are calibrated, and our construction of the scenarios and their weights 

Key  economic  variables  incorporated  into  our  ECL  models  are  inherently  prone  to  volatility  on  a  forward-looking  basis.  Hindsight  cannot  be  used,  so  while  evolving 
macroeconomic assumptions may result in future forecasts that differ from those used in the ECL estimation as at October 31, 2023, those changes will be reflected in future 
periods. Additional information on the process and methodology for determining the allowance for credit losses can be found in the discussions of Credit Quality section of 
our MD&A and in Note 6 of the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended October 31, 2023. 

38    |    CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report 

 
 
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE 

Cash resources, securities, and derivative financial instruments are reported on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value. 

We categorize our fair value measurements of financial instruments according to a three-level hierarchy. Level 1 fair value measurements reflect unadjusted quoted prices 
in active markets for identical assets and liabilities that we can access at the measurement date. Level 2 fair value measurements are estimated using observable inputs, 
including quoted market prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets, and model inputs 
that are either observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 fair value measurements are 
determined using one or more inputs that are unobservable and significant to the fair value of the asset or liability. Unobservable inputs are used to measure fair value to 
the extent that observable inputs are not available at the measurement date. 

The following table summarizes the significant financial assets and liabilities recorded on the consolidated balance sheets. Notes 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12, 14, 22 and 24 of the 
audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended October 31, 2023 provide additional information regarding these financial instruments.  

Table 25 - Valuation of Financial Instruments 
($ thousands) 

As at October 31, 2023 

Financial Assets 

Cash resources 
Securities 
Securities purchased under resale agreements 
Loans 
Derivatives 

Total Financial Assets 

Financial Liabilities 

Deposits 
Debt 
Derivatives 

Total Financial Liabilities 

As at October 31, 2022 

Financial Assets 

Cash resources 
Securities 
Loans 
Derivatives 

Total Financial Assets 

Financial Liabilities 

Deposits 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 
Debt 
Derivatives 

Total Financial Liabilities 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Fair Value 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

 $  

  215,809 
  3,908,806 
134,662 
36,877,469  
109,290 

 $  

121,453 
  545,888 
- 
 -  
 -  

94,356   $  

3,362,918 
134,662 
 -  
109,290 

-  
 -  
- 
  36,877,469  
 -  

41,246,036    $  

667,341 

 $  

3,701,226   $   36,877,469  

32,963,151  $ 
  3,817,442 
198,596 

$ 

36,979,189  $ 

-  $ 
- 
- 

-  $ 

32,963,151  $ 
3,817,442 
198,596 

36,979,189  $ 

- 
- 
- 

- 

Fair Value 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

$ 

 115,979    $  

 115,979    $  

 4,518,795  
 35,478,626  
 110,521  

 1,003,840  
 -  
 -  

3,514,955 
 -  
 110,521  

-   $  

-  
 -  
  35,478,626 
 -  

$ 

 40,223,921    $   1,119,819 

 $  

 3,625,476    $   35,478,626 

$ 

 32,414,786   $ 
 247,354  
 3,417,350  
 156,081  

$ 

 36,235,571   $ 

-  $ 
- 
- 
- 

-  $ 

32,414,786  $ 
247,354 
3,417,350 
156,081 

36,235,571  $ 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

 CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |    39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT PRESENTATION 

IAS 12 INCOME TAXES 

In May 2021, the IASB issued Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction (Amendments to IAS 12 Income Taxes). The amendments narrow 
the scope of the initial recognition exemption so that it does not apply to transactions that give rise to equal and offsetting temporary differences. As a result, there is 
recognition of a deferred tax asset and a deferred tax liability for temporary differences arising on initial recognition of a lease and a decommissioning provision. CWB 
adopted the amendments effective for our fiscal year beginning November 1, 2022 and there was no significant impact upon adoption. 

FUTURE CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

A number of standards and amendments have been issued by the IASB, and the following changes may have an impact on our future financial statements.  

IFRS 17 INSURANCE CONTRACTS 

In May 2017, the IASB issued IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts which will replace IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts. In June 2020, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 17 aimed at 
helping companies implement the Standard and to defer the effective date. In December 2021, the IASB issued a narrow-scope amendment to the transition requirements 
in IFRS 17, providing insurers with an option aimed at improving the usefulness of information to investors on initial application of IFRS 17 by presenting comparative 
information about financial assets, using a classification overlay approach on a basis that is more consistent with how IFRS 9 will be applied in future reporting periods. 

This Standard introduces consistent accounting for all insurance contracts. The Standard requires a company to measure insurance contracts using updated estimates and 
assumptions that reflect the timing of cash flows and any uncertainty relating to insurance contracts. Additionally, IFRS 17 requires an entity to recognize profits as it delivers 
insurance services, rather than when it receives premiums. 

CWB will adopt the new Standard and its amendments for our fiscal year beginning November 1, 2023. We have assessed the Standard and amendments and determined 
there will be no significant impact upon adoption. 

40    |    CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RISK MANAGEMENT  

The shaded areas of this section represent a discussion of risk management policies and procedures relating to credit, market and liquidity risks as required under 
IFRS, which permits these specific disclosures to be included in the MD&A. The shaded areas presented on pages 42 to 50 form an integral part of the audited 
consolidated financial statements for the year ended October 31, 2023. 

TOP EMERGED AND EMERGING RISKS 

Our top emerged and emerging risks are those that could have negative implications for our operations and financial results as underlying operating conditions and external 
factors continue to evolve. We monitor emerged and emerging risks that may affect our future results and take action to mitigate potential impacts, with further details on 
how we manage these factors with associated principal risks in the Risk Universe – Report on Principal Risks section of our MD&A. Particular attention has been given to the 
following: 

CONTINUED ECONOMIC UNCERTAINTY  

The ongoing economic uncertainty and elevated market interest rates have increased certain risk factors that have the potential to impact our financial results. A prolonged 
period of persistently high inflation could result in interest rates remaining elevated for longer than anticipated or could require additional policy interest rate increases 
beyond the current levels. Elevated market interest rates together with persistent inflation could also create the potential for stagflation, which would potentially limit the 
ability for policy interest rate decreases to respond to adverse or deteriorating economic conditions. Sustained elevated market interest rates have the potential to adversely 
impact our credit risk and could potentially result in higher credit losses, negatively impact our net interest margin, and reduce the market value of underlying collateral 
securing our loans. A significant adverse shift in the economic environment from higher interest rates or other factors could potentially put additional downward pressure 
on our financial results. 

CYBERSECURITY RISK 

Cybersecurity risks remain elevated due to the potential for heightened malicious activity combined with the increased use of remote access platforms. We continue to be 
subject to elevated risks from cyber attacks and data breaches due to our reliance on remote connectivity, public digital platforms to conduct day-to-day business activities 
and increased use of third-party service providers. The continued adoption of emerging technologies requires focus and investment to manage risks effectively. We remain 
vigilant to maintain the effectiveness of our internal controls to mitigate increased information and cybersecurity risks.   

STRATEGIC EXECUTION RISK 

We continue to undertake major projects in alignment with our strategic direction, including a digital and payments transformation, enhancements to our client offerings, 
strengthening our underlying technology and cybersecurity infrastructure, and enhancing our capital and risk management tools. Successful strategic execution is dependant 
on our ability to effectively manage change across CWB to achieve desired outcomes. Failure to successfully manage strategic execution could have a material adverse 
impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Potential resource capacity constraints driven by the strategic reorganization of our operations and 
our continued focus on strategic execution may create operational challenges.  

OUTSOURCING AND THIRD-PARTY RISK 

We  continue  to  strategically  use  third-party  service  providers  to  expedite  our  access  to  new  technologies,  increase  efficiencies,  and  improve  competitiveness  and 
performance. Our continued reliance on highly specialized third parties exposes us to the risk of business disruption and financial loss stemming from the breakdown of 
third-party service provider processes and controls.  

PEOPLE RISK 

Our  ability  to  execute  on  our  strategic  and  growth  objectives  is  dependent  on  our  people.  This  risk  is  elevated  due  to  the  combined  impacts  of  our  recent  strategic 
reorganization of our operations  as well as continued competition for specialized talent in our key markets , both of which may impact our ability to attract and retain team 
members.  

REGULATORY RISK 

The  increase  in  new  or  revised  regulations  along  with  related  data  and  information  requests  continues  to  drive  increased  investment  across  CWB  to  meet  additional 
requirements from our regulators. Financial and other reforms that have come into effect or are coming into effect, such as anti-money laundering, privacy, and consumer 
protection regulations, continue to require operational focus. We continue to monitor the impact and implications of OSFI regulatory guidance to be finalized in 2024 
focused on risks and resilience related to operations, governance, and culture for all financial institutions.  

CLIMATE RISK 

The newly established regulations on how banks manage and report on these risks could result in a broad range of impacts on our business or the businesses of our clients. 
In addition to the potential for elevated credit, operational and strategic risks driven by climate factors, legal, regulatory or reputation risks could also arise from our and 
our clients’ planned approaches to address climate risk as part of Canada’s commitment to transition to a net-zero economy by 2050. We continue to progress our climate 
risk management capabilities to integrate climate-related risks into the risk management framework.   

 CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |    41 

 
 
RISK MANAGEMENT OVERVIEW 

We maintain an integrated and disciplined approach to risk management. Effective risk management supports the creation of long-term shareholder value by providing a 
framework to balance the prudent management of our risks with delivering sustainable risk-adjusted returns for our shareholders. Our Risk Management framework, which 
is developed and maintained by our Group Risk Management (GRM) function, encompasses risk culture, risk  governance, risk appetite, and risk management policies, 
processes and tools. The framework also provides independent review and oversight across the organization. 

Our Risk Management framework guides us in prudent and measured risk-taking aligned with our strategic objectives, which include an effective balance of risk and reward. 
This requires continuous consideration, understanding and responsible management of all key risks at both the strategic and operational levels. Each team member must 
make common-sense business decisions in line with our clearly defined and prudent risk appetites, along with regulatory and legal requirements.  

We have demonstrated our ability to effectively manage risks, including through periods of financial uncertainty, underpinned by a strong risk culture and a disciplined risk 
management approach; however, not all risks are within our direct control. A description of key internal and external risk factors we consider are included in the  Top 
Emerged and Emerging Risks and Risk Universe – Report on Principal Risks sections. We actively evaluate existing and potential risks to develop, implement and continually 
enhance appropriate risk mitigation strategies. 

Managing  risk  is  a  shared  responsibility  across  CWB.  Our  three  lines  of  defence  framework  provides  a  consistent,  transparent,  and  clearly  documented  allocation  of 
accountability and segregation of functional responsibilities. This segregation of responsibilities helps to establish a robust control framework that demonstrates our risk 
culture,  contributes  to  effective  risk  management,  and  encourages  continuous  improvement  of  risk  management  practices.  Our  three  lines  of  defence  framework  is 
described in Table 26. 

Table 26 - Three Lines of Defence Framework 

First Line 

Second Line 

Third Line 

Business and Support Areas 

GRM and Other Corporate Oversight Functions 

Internal Audit 

•  Own and manage all risks within their lines of 

•  Establish a Risk Management framework to 

•  Provide independent assurance to the Audit 

business. 

•  Pursue suitable business opportunities within 
their established risk appetite and limits. 

provide a consistent and integrated view of risk 
exposures across CWB. 

•  Set key risk metrics on which risk appetite and 

Committee on the effectiveness and 
appropriateness of (and adherence to) the Risk 
Management framework. 

•  Act within the delegated risk-taking authority as 

limits are based.  

set out in established policies. 

•  Establish policies, standards, processes and 

•  Establish appropriate operating guidelines and 
internal control structures in accordance with 
risk policies. 

practices that address all significant risks across 
CWB. 

•  Independently assess, quantify, monitor, control 
and report all significant risk exposures against 
the risk appetite and limits. 

•  Provide independent oversight, effective 

challenge and independent assessment of risk. 

•  Independently audit first and second lines and 

report on their effectiveness regarding respective 
functional responsibilities. 

•  Independently review adherence to controls, 

policies, standards, guidelines and regulations. 

•  Identify operational weaknesses; recommend and 

track remediation actions. 

RISK MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES  

Our risk management principles are based on the premise that we accept appropriate risks for an appropriate return. In conducting our business activities, we will take 
financial risks that are aligned with our strategic objectives in a manner that supports the responsible and efficient delivery of products and services to valued clients and is 
expected to create sustainable, long-term value for shareholders and other stakeholders. Risk-taking and risk management activities across all our operations are guided by 
the following principles: 

•  Three Lines of Defence - Ongoing commitment to a three lines of defence framework, with independent oversight and effective challenge from the second line, and an 

independent and effective Internal Audit function comprising the third line of defence;  

•  Balance Risk and Reward - An effective balance of risk and reward through alignment of business strategy with risk appetite, diversifying risk, pricing appropriately for 

risk, and mitigating risk through sound preventative and detective controls; 

•  Understand  and  Manage  Risks  -  Establish  operational  resilience  through  use  of  common  sense,  sound  judgment  and  risk-based  processes  to  ensure  that  risks  are 

thoroughly understood, measured and managed within the confines of well-communicated risk tolerances; 

•  Protect our Brand - An enterprise-wide view of risk and the acceptance of risks required to build the business with continuous consideration for how those risks may 

affect our reputation; 

•  Shared Accountability -  A risk  culture in which every employee is accountable to understand and manage the risks inherent in their day-to-day activities, including 

identification of risk exposures, with communication and escalation of risk-based concerns; and, 

•  Client Focus - Recognition that strong client relationships reduce risks by ensuring that the risks we accept as part of doing business are well understood, and that the 

services provided are suitable for, and understood by, our clients. 

42    |    CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report 

 
 
RISK MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK 

The primary goal of risk management is to ensure that the outcomes of risk-taking are consistent with our overall risk appetite, our strategic growth objectives, and related 
business activities. The Risk Management framework provides the foundation for achieving this goal. Its key elements include risk culture, risk governance, risk appetite, 
and risk management policies, processes and tools. We utilize the ISO 31000 Standard for Risk Management as a comprehensive framework to help ensure risk is managed 
effectively and efficiently. 

Figure 4 - Risk Management Framework 

RISK CULTURE 

Our strong risk culture emphasizes transparency and accountability. Our risk culture is the core of the Risk Management framework, including risk management principles 
and accountabilities as defined within a three lines of defence framework. Key elements that influence and support our risk culture include: 

•  Leadership: Leaders, at all levels, set a consistent ‘tone from the top’ and reinforce a strong risk culture through their words, actions and decisions. 

•  Compensation, People Management & Incentives: Performance and compensation structures align with our desired risk behaviours and reinforce our values. 

•  Accountability & Ownership: Promote clear accountabilities and responsibilities within the first, second and third lines of defence, have capacity and autonomy to fulfill 

those accountabilities, take ownership of decisions and actions, and individuals are held accountable for them. 

•  Risk Mindsets & Behaviours: The risk framework, including risk appetite and risk management, is embedded across our institution to ensure financial and non-financial 

risks are effectively managed. 

•  Group Dynamics & Decision-Making: The work environment enables individuals to feel safe to speak up, openly communicate and work together to make sound decisions 

and achieve financial and non-financial outcomes. 

•  Resilience: Individuals are vigilant towards known and unknown threats, identify and effectively respond to problems and opportunities, and continuously learn, improve, 

and adapt to changing conditions. 

Our risk culture is supported by maintenance of effective risk management principles, policies, processes, and tools with oversight provided to guide business practices and 
risk-taking activities of all employees in support of CWB’s reputation and adherence to all legal and regulatory requirements. On an annual basis, our employees are required 
to complete formal training on key risk topics, including regulatory compliance risk, cybersecurity, and various other operational risks. By taking this mandatory training, all 
employees build their knowledge of risk management in support of our risk culture. We have an established Code of Conduct that describes standards of conduct to which 
all  directors,  officers,  and  employees  must  adhere  and  attest  to  on  an  annual  basis,  an  anonymous  ethical  concerns  hotline,  and  we  conduct  a  periodic,  confidential 
enterprise-wide Risk Culture survey. 

Our three lines of defence framework provides a consistent, transparent, and clearly documented allocation of accountability and segregation of functional responsibilities. 
This  segregation  of  responsibilities  helps  to  establish  a  robust  control  framework  that  demonstrates  our  risk  culture,  contributes  to  effective  risk  management,  and 
encourages continuous improvement of risk management practices. Our three lines of defence framework is described in Table 26. 

 CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |    43 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RISK GOVERNANCE 

Governance Structure 

The foundation of our Risk Management framework is a governance approach, consistent with OSFI’s Corporate Governance Guideline, which includes a robust 
committee structure and a comprehensive set of corporate policies and risk limits approved by the Board of Directors, or its committees, as well as supporting 
corporate standards and operating guidelines. The Risk Management framework is governed through a hierarchy of committees and individual responsibilities as 
outlined in Figure 5.  

Figure 5 - CWB’s Risk Management Framework 

Board  of  Directors  -  Responsible  for  setting  the  CWB  Strategic  Direction  and  overseeing  management.  The  Board,  either  directly  or  through  its  committees,  is 
responsible for oversight in the following areas: strategic planning, risk appetite, identification and management of risk, capital management, promotion of a culture 
of integrity, internal controls, evaluation of senior management and succession planning, public disclosure, corporate governance and environmental, social, and 
governance (ESG) factors. 

Board  Risk  Committee -  Assists  the  Board  in  fulfilling  its  oversight  responsibilities  in  relation  to  CWB’s  risk  appetite  and  delegation  of  limits,  identification  and 
management of risk (excluding regulatory compliance), adherence to corporate risk management policies and procedures, and compliance with risk-related regulatory 
requirements. The Board Risk Committee also includes a Loan Adjudication Panel. 

Board  Governance  and  Conduct  Review  Committee  -  Assists  the  Board  in  fulfilling  its  oversight  responsibilities  in  relation  to  legal,  regulatory  compliance  and 
reputation  risk,  including  conduct  review  and  consumer  matters,  as  well  as  development  of  CWB's  corporate  governance  policies  and  practices,  and  director 
nomination and succession planning. 

Board Audit Committee - Assists the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities for the integrity of CWB’s financial reporting, effectiveness of internal controls 
over financial reporting, the performance of the Internal Audit function and external audit quality. 

Board Human Resources Committee -  Provides oversight of people-related risks, including employment practices and workplace health and safety, and ensures 
compensation programs appropriately align to, and support, CWB’s risk appetite. 

Group Disclosure  Committee -  Supports  Chief  Executive  (CEO)/Chief  Financial  Officer  (CFO)  certification  of  external  public  financial  disclosures.  Responsible  for 
reviewing CWB’s internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures to help ensure the accuracy, completeness and timeliness of public 
disclosures. 

Executive Risk Committee (ERC) - Provides risk oversight and governance at the highest level of management. The ERC reviews and discusses significant risk issues 
and action plans that arise in executing CWB’s strategy.  ERC approves risk management standards, in support of Board or Board Committee approved policies and 
recommends policies to the Board and its committees.  The Chief Risk Officer chairs the Committee, and membership includes all executive members. 

Subcommittees  of  the  Executive  Risk  Committee  -  The  various  subcommittees  provide  oversight  of  the  processes  whereby  the  risks  assumed  across  CWB  are 
identified, measured, monitored, held within delegated limits and reported in accordance with policy guidelines. They include: 

Group Credit Risk Committee - Approves loans within delegated limits and is responsible for ensuring that appropriate credit standards and guidelines are 
in place. An escalation subcommittee of the Group Credit Risk Committee considers risk-adjusted pricing exceptions and reputational issues that may be 
relevant to specific loans; 

Group Capital Risk Committee - Responsible for the oversight of capital adequacy, CWB’s regulatory capital plan, ICAAP and stress testing;  

44    |    CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-Financial Risk Committee - Reviews the operational risk management framework and, operational loss reporting and business continuity plans.  Reviews 
action plans for mitigating and improving the management of non-financial risks including regulatory compliance, cybersecurity and third-party risks, as well 
as assessments of applicable regulatory developments; 

Model Risk Committee - Develop and oversee CWB’s model risk management framework to ensure compliance with regulatory requirements or established 
model risk policies. All models are required to be approved by the model risk committee prior to deployment;  

Group Forecasting Committee - Develops an enterprise-wide view of the economic outlook to support expected credit losses and the development of ad 
hoc stress testing scenarios; and 

Group Asset Liability Committee (ALCo) - Reviews and approves operational guidelines and programs for liquidity management, funding sources, 
investments, foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk and derivative risk. 

The following oversight functions provide key support within the Risk Management framework: 

•  Risk Management - The Chief Risk Officer (CRO), who reports functionally to the Board Risk Committee, leads a diverse team of risk management professionals organized 
to provide  independent oversight of risk management, risk  governance and control. As the second line of defence,  the mandate of the GRM function is to provide 
independent oversight of risk-taking decisions, independent assessment of risk and effective challenge to the business. This function establishes the Risk Management 
framework to identify, measure, aggregate and report on all material risks managed by the first line within our three lines of defence framework. This includes oversight 
of risk governance policies, establishment of risk appetites and key risk metrics, and development of risk infrastructure, including risk management processes and tools. 
The risk management function supports a disciplined approach to risk-taking in fulfilling its responsibilities for transactional approval and portfolio management, risk 
reporting, stress testing, modelling and risk education.  

•  Finance - The CFO, who reports functionally to the Audit Committee, leads a team responsible for the development of financial strategies that support our ability to 
maximize sustainable shareholder value, and the production of reliable and timely reporting of financial information to management, the Board of Directors, shareholders, 
regulators,  and  other stakeholders.  The  team  provides  independent  oversight  of  processes  to  manage  financial  reporting,  external  credit ratings, certain  regulatory 
reporting and tax. 

•  Legal, Compliance and Investigations - Provides second line oversight of legal, regulatory compliance, financial crime (including fraud, corruption and bribery, and anti-
money laundering risks) and reputation risks with established and maintained policies, and standards used by the first and second lines of defence to identify, measure, 
mitigate and report on significant risks. 

•  Internal  Audit  -  Reporting  directly  to  the  Audit  Committee,  internal  audit  is  the  third  line  of  defence  in  the  Risk  Management  framework,  responsible  to  provide 
management and the Board of Directors with objective, independent assurance as well as advice on the effectiveness and efficiency of governance, risk management, 
and internal control processes and systems.  

•  Human Resources - Provides second line oversight of people risks across the organization by establishing and maintaining relevant policies, frameworks and standards 

related to workforce practices and safety.   

RISK APPETITE 

The purpose of the Risk Appetite framework is to define the type and amount of risk we are willing to assume through our business activities, while considering the priorities 
of all stakeholders. Risk appetites for key risk types are established based on both quantitative and qualitative factors by GRM and other corporate functions, as the second 
line, endorsed by senior management and approved by the Board of Directors.  

Key components of our Risk Appetite framework include:  

•  Risk Appetite Statement - an outline of the aggregate levels and types of risk we are willing to accept to achieve our business objectives. 

•  Risk Capacity - The maximum level of risk we can assume before it breaches regulatory constraints determined by regulatory capital, liquidity needs, the operational 

environment and its obligations to customers and other stakeholders;  

•  Risk Appetite - The level and type of risk CWB is willing to accept, or seeks to avoid, to achieve our business objectives, while considering the priorities of all stakeholders. 

Risk appetite must be set at a level within the risk capacity limit; and, 

•  Risk Limits - Represents the allocation of CWB’s Risk Appetite Statement to specific risk categories, to business units, to lines of business at the portfolio or product level, 

and to other levels, as appropriate. 

Key attributes of our overall risk appetite include the following: 

•  An appropriately conservative risk culture that is prevalent throughout CWB;  

•  A philosophy to only take risks that are aligned with our Strategic direction and are expected to create sustainable, long-term value for stakeholders;  

•  A philosophy to only take risks that are transparent and understood, and that can be measured, monitored and managed;  

•  Careful and diligent management of risks at all levels led by a knowledgeable and experienced leadership team committed to sound management practices and the 

promotion of a highly ethical culture;  

•  Targeted financial and operational performance which supports maintenance of our credit ratings to allow for competitive access to funding;  

•  Maintenance of effective policies, standards, protocols, directives and procedures/controls, with training and oversight to guide the business practices and risk-taking 

activities of all employees in support of CWB’s reputation and adherence to all legal and regulatory obligations; and,  

•  Risk Appetites for key risk types are established based on both quantitative and qualitative risk type metrics by Second Line functions, endorsed by senior management, 

and ultimately approved by the Board and its committees.  

 CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |    45 

RISK MANAGEMENT POLICIES, PROCESSES AND TOOLS 

Our Risk Management framework is supported by processes and tools that are used together to manage risk across CWB. We design risk management processes to support 
CWB’s overall size, level of complexity and risk profile. Risk management processes and tools are regularly reviewed and updated to ensure consistency with risk-taking 
activities, and relevance to the business and our strategic execution. 

Policies and Limits 

To support effective communication, implementation, and governance of our Risk Management framework, GRM and other corporate teams, as the second line of defence, 
codify processes and operational requirements in comprehensive risk management policies, standards, frameworks, and protocols. The first line of defence implements 
these into directives and procedures. Such first and second line governance documentation promotes the application of a consistent approach to manage risk exposures 
across CWB. All risk policies are developed by the second line and approved by the Board of Directors, or one of its committees, on a defined regular  basis. Underlying risk 
management standards and protocols are approved by executive management in accordance with our corporate policy framework. 

Limits govern and control risk-taking activities within our risk appetite and tolerances established by senior management and approved by the Board of Directors. Limits 
establish accountability throughout the risk-taking process and the level or conditions under which transactions may be approved.  

Risk Measurement 

The measurement of risk is a key component of our Risk Management framework. We use a variety of techniques to support our quantitative risk measurement activities, 
including models, stress testing, and scenario and sensitivity analysis. The measurement methodologies may apply to a group of risks or a single risk type and are supported 
by an assessment of qualitative factors to ensure the level of risks are within our risk appetite.  

We employ models for a number of risk measurement and management processes, including the determination of credit risk-ratings, pricing decisions, financial reporting, 
informed  decision-making  and  stress  testing.  The  use  of  models  is  subject  to  a  strong  governance  framework  that  covers  all  stages  of  the  model  life  cycle,  including 
development,  independent  pre-implementation  review,  approval  and  ongoing  vetting  and  validation  to  ensure  models  remain  fit  for  use.  The  development,  design, 
independent review and testing, and approval of models is subject to formal policies.  

Stress Testing 

Stress testing is a risk management method that assesses the potential effects on our financial results and financial position, including capital and liquidity positions, of a 
series of specified changes in risk factors, corresponding to severe but plausible events. We conduct stress testing of relevant risk metrics on a regular basis to enable the 
identification and monitoring of potential vulnerabilities. Stress testing occurs at both the enterprise-wide level and individual risk level to allow for the assessment of the 
potential impact on our earnings, capital and liquidity resulting from significant changes in market conditions, the credit environment, funding demands, or other risk factors. 
The results from stress testing help inform our risk appetite and related limits, contingency planning, and appropriate capital and liquidity levels.  Periodic sensitivity testing 
also ensures that we continue to operate within risk limits. 

Our enterprise-wide stress tests evaluate key balance sheet, profitability, capital, leverage, and liquidity impacts arising from risk exposures and changes in earnings. The 
results are used by senior management and the Board of Directors to understand our performance drivers under stress, and review stressed capital, leverage, and liquidity 
ratios against regulatory thresholds and internal limits. The results are also incorporated into our ICAAP and capital planning process. Input from across CWB is integrated 
to develop an enterprise-wide view of the impacts of stress scenarios, including both operating and oversight functions. Enterprise-wide stress testing during fiscal 2023 
focused on the analysis of the impact to regulatory capital ratios under multiple stress scenarios with varying pessimistic forecast conditions. This testing supported our 
assessment of the adequacy of our capital and liquidity, and the resiliency of our earnings. Ongoing stress testing and scenario analyses within specific areas, such as liquidity 
risk, interest rate risk, and loan loss provisioning, supplement and support our enterprise-wide analyses.  

Risk Monitoring and Reporting 

Risk transparency, monitoring and reporting are critical components of our Risk Management framework that allow senior management, committees and the Board of 
Directors to manage risk and provide oversight. We continuously monitor our risk exposures to ensure business activities are operating within Board approved limits or 
guidelines as defined by our Risk Appetite framework. GRM monitors our risk profile to ensure the overall level of risk remains within specified risk limits. Early warning 
indicators are reported to the Executive Risk Committee and the Board Risk Committee, along with proposed actions to reduce the level of risk to ensure we remain within 
the approved risk appetite. 

Risk  reporting  includes  an  overview  of  the  key  risks  that  we  currently  face,  along  with  associated  metrics,  and  highlights  our  most  significant  risks  to  provide  senior 
management, committees and the Board of Directors with timely, actionable and forward-looking information. This reporting includes materials to facilitate assessment of 
these risks relative to our risk appetite and the relevant limits.  

RISK UNIVERSE - REPORT ON PRINCIPAL RISKS  

We pursue opportunities and the associated risks that are aligned with our strategic direction and are expected to create sustainable long-term value for shareholders and 
other stakeholders. While our operations are exposed to numerous types of risk, certain risks, identified as principal risks, have the greatest potential to materially impact 
our operations and financial performance. These risks materially comprise CWB’s risk universe, as defined as part of our Risk Management framework. A Risk Register is 
maintained to facilitate the assessment of the level of inherent risk, control effectiveness and residual risk in support of the management of our principal risks within our 
risk appetite. Our principal risks include the following: 

Credit Risk 

Market Risk 

Liquidity and 

Funding Risk 

Capital Risk 

Operational 

Risk 

Legal and 

Regulatory 
Risk 

Business and 

Strategic Risk 

Reputation 

Risk 

46    |    CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report 

 
 
 
CREDIT RISK  

Credit risk is the risk that a financial loss will be incurred due to the failure of a counterparty to fulfil its contractual commitment or obligation to CWB. Credit risk is 
comprised of default risk and credit migration, or downgrade risk. Credit default risk is defined as the potential that a CWB borrower or counterparty will fail to meet 
its  obligations  in  accordance  with  the  agreed  terms.  Credit  migration  or  downgrade  risk  refers  to  the  risk  of  deterioration  of  credit  quality  of  a  borrower  or 
counterparty. 

Risk Overview 
Our credit  risk  results  from  granting  loans  and  leases  to  businesses  and  individuals. Our credit risk  management culture  reflects  the combination  of policies, standard 
practices, experience and management attitudes that support prudent growth within chosen industries and geographic markets. Underwriting standards are designed to 
ensure an appropriate balance of risk and return and are supported by established loan exposure limits in areas of demonstrated lending expertise. To minimize potential 
loss, we are a secured lender with most of our loans secured by tangible collateral. Our approach to managing credit risk has proven to be very effective, and we have a 
history of low write-offs as a percentage of average loans, including through past periods of financial uncertainty. 

Our  strategy  is  to  maintain  a  quality,  secured  and  diversified  loan  portfolio  with  experienced  personnel  who  provide  a  hands-on  approach  in  granting  credit,  account 
management and timely action when problems develop. We target lending to small- and medium-sized businesses, and to  individuals. We continue to pursue further 
geographic  and  industry  diversification  through  growth  of  full-service  client  relationships  in  targeted  industries  across  our  national  geographic  footprint.  Relationship 
banking and ‘know your client’ are important tenets of effective account management. Earning an appropriate financial return for the level of risk is also fundamental.  

For additional information, refer to the Loans and Credit Quality sections of our MD&A.  

Risk Governance 

Credit risk is managed under the three lines of defence framework and oversight is provided by the Board Risk Committee. Our lending business lines and support 
areas assess and manage credit risk associated with their activities as the first line of defence. The credit approval process is centrally controlled, with all credit 
requests  that  exceed  predefined  thresholds  submitted  to  Credit  Risk  Management  for  adjudication,  as  the  second  line  of  defence.  Credit  Risk  Management  is 
independent of the originating business. Independent review of the adequacy and effectiveness of governance, risk management and control over credit risk is 
provided by Internal Audit as the third line of defence, with direct reporting provided to senior management and the Audit Committee. 

Risk Management 

We have comprehensive credit risk management policies, approved by the Board Risk Committee, that cover risk concentration limits, approval of credit applications 
by  authority  level,  assignment  of  risk  ratings  based  on  a  standard  classification  system,  ongoing  management  and  monitoring  requirements,  management  of 
unsatisfactory loans and risk-based pricing decisions. Our lending business is supported by qualified and experienced teams. Credit policies, standards, guidelines, 
and delegated lending authorities and limits are well-communicated across our business lines to lenders and other teams engaged in the credit granting process. 

The Board Risk Committee delegates discretionary lending limits via our Lending Limit Policy which outlines specific delegation to senior officers. Requests for credit 
approval beyond the lending limit of the CEO and CRO are referred to the Group Credit Risk Committee or the Board Risk Committee’s Loan Adjudication Panel. 

Risk  diversification  is  addressed  by  establishing  portfolio  limits  by  geographic  area,  industry  sector  and  product. Our  policy  limit  loans  to  connected  corporate 
borrowers to not more than 10% of our shareholders’ equity. The single credit risk exposure lending limit is based on the Borrowers risk rating and Connection 
amount.  Our credit risk appetite for certain quality connections with investment grade credit ratings of A- or better, is $200 million. CWB clients with larger borrowing 
requirements that would otherwise be within our credit risk appetite are accommodated through loan syndications with other financial institutions. On a quarterly 
basis, we complete a review of risk diversification by geographic area, industry sector and product measured against assigned portfolio limits. 

We  employ  a  variety  of  risk  measurement  methodologies  to  measure  and  quantify  credit  risk  for  our  business  and personal  credit  portfolios.  Within  our  loan 
portfolios, borrowers are assigned a borrower risk rating (BRR) that reflects the credit quality of the obligor using industry and sector-specific risk models and expert 
credit judgment. Our credit risk rating systems are designed to assess and quantify the risk inherent in credit activities in an accurate and consistent manner. The 
resulting ratings and scores are then used for both client- and transaction-level risk decision-making and as key inputs for risk measurement.  

The  secured  nature  of  our  lending  portfolio  with  conservative  loan-to-value  ratios  reduces  our  credit  risk  exposure.  The  extent  of  risk  mitigation  provided  by 
borrower-provided security depends on the amount, type and quality of the collateral. Security can vary by type of loan and may include real property, working 
capital,  guarantees,  or  other  equipment. Specific  requirements  related  to  collateral  valuation  and  management  are  set  out  within  our  credit  risk  management 
standards.  

All credit risk exposures are subject to regular monitoring. At least annually, we perform a review of the credit risk-rating for our business and personal exposures, 
with the exception of personal loans and single-unit residential mortgages, to support early detection of credit migration or unsatisfactory loans. Management of 
higher-risk loans is delegated to the Special Asset Management Unit, a specialized loan workout team that performs regular monitoring and close management of 
these loans.  

The CRO reports quarterly to the Executive Risk Committee and the Board Risk Committee to provide a summary of key information on credit risk, including material 
credit transactions, compliance with limits, portfolio trends and impaired loans. Reporting on significant unsatisfactory accounts is completed on a quarterly basis, 
which includes an overview of action plans for each unsatisfactory account, a watchlist report on accounts with evidence of weakness and an impaired loan report 
covering loans that show impairment to the point where a loss is possible. 

 CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |    47 

 
 
 
 
Credit-related Environmental Risk 

While our day-to-day operations do not have a material impact on the environment, we face certain environmental risks including the risk of loss if a borrower is unable to 
repay loans due to environmental clean-up costs, and the risk of damage to our reputation resulting from the same. To manage these risks, and help mitigate our overall 
impact on the environment, we evaluate potential environmental risks as part of the credit granting process. If potential environmental risks are identified that cannot be 
resolved to our satisfaction, the loan application will be denied. Where financing is provided, Internal Audit provides third line oversight of the adherence to related lending 
policies. Reports on environmental inspections and findings are provided quarterly to the Board Risk Committee. For details on our evolving approach to climate risk, refer 
to the Business and Strategic Risk section. 

MARKET RISK 

Market risk is the impact on earnings and on economic value of equity (EVE) resulting from changes in financial market variables such as interest rates and foreign 

exchange rates. Our market risk is primarily comprised of interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB) and foreign exchange risk. 

Risk Overview 

Our most significant market risks are those related to changes in interest rates. We do not have a trading book and do not undertake market activities such as market 
making, arbitrage or proprietary trading and, therefore, do not have direct risks related to those activities. We maintain a cash and securities portfolio that is primarily 
comprised of high-quality debt instruments issued or guaranteed by federal (Canada or United States), provincial or municipal governments which are used exclusively for 
liquidity management purposes and typically held to maturity. These instruments are subject to price fluctuations based on movements in interest rates and volatility in 
financial markets. We have limited direct exposure to foreign exchange risk.  

Risk Governance 

Market risk is managed in accordance with the approved Market Risk Management policy, second line standard and accompanying first line directive. The Market 
Risk Management policy is reviewed by ALCo and the Executive Risk Committee and approved by the Board Risk Committee every three years, at a minimum. As the 
first  line  of  defence,  our  Treasury  team  manages  our  market  risk  on  a  daily basis.  ALCo  provides  tactical  and  strategic  direction  and  is  responsible  for  ongoing 
oversight,  review  and  endorsement  of  operational  guidelines.  The  Market  Risk,  Liquidity  and  Profitability  Oversight  function  provides  independent  second  line 
monitoring and reporting of market risk exposure against our risk appetite to ALCo, the Executive Risk Committee and the Board Risk Committee. 

Subcategories of Market Risk  

INTEREST RATE RISK 

Interest rate risk is the impact on earnings and economic value of equity resulting from changes in interest rates. 

Risk Overview 

IRRBB  arises  when  changes  in  interest  rates  affect  the  cash  flows,  earnings  and  values  of  assets  and  liabilities.  The  objective  of  IRRBB  management  is  to  maintain  an 
appropriate balance between earnings volatility and economic value volatility, while keeping both within their respective risk appetite limits. 

IRRBB arises due to the duration mismatch between assets and liabilities. Adverse interest rate movements may cause a reduction in earnings, and/or a reduction in the 
economic value of our assets, and/or an increase in the economic value of our liabilities. IRRBB is primarily comprised of duration mismatch risk and option risk embedded 
within the structure of products. Duration mismatch risk arises when there are differences in the scheduled maturity, repricing dates or reference rates of assets, liabilities 
and derivatives. The net duration mismatch is managed to a target profile through interest rate swaps and our debt securities portfolio. Product-embedded option risk arises 
when product features allow customers to alter scheduled maturity or repricing dates. Such features include loan prepayment, deposit redemption privileges and interest 
rate commitments on un-advanced loans. 

Variation in market interest rates can affect net interest income by altering cash flows and spreads. Variation in market interest rates can also affect the economic value of 
our  assets,  liabilities  and  off-balance  sheet  (OBS)  positions.  The  sensitivity  of  our  economic  value  to  fluctuations  in  interest  rates  is  an  important  consideration  for 
management, regulators and shareholders. The economic value of an instrument represents an assessment of the present value of the expected net cash flows, discounted 
to reflect market rates. By extension, the economic value of our equity can be viewed as the present value of our expected net cash flows, defined as the expected cash 
flows on interest-sensitive assets minus the expected cash flows on interest-sensitive liabilities plus the expected net cash flows on OBS positions. Economic value provides 
a perspective on the sensitivity of our net worth to fluctuations in interest rates. 

Risk Management 

IRRBB is managed to ensure sustainable earnings over time, balancing the impact on current year earnings against changes in economic value at risk over the life of 
the asset and liability portfolios. Our Market Risk Management policy, which includes IRRBB, establishes risk tolerance limits, defines a management framework to 
ensure the ongoing identification, measurement, monitoring and control of IRRBB, and defines authority levels and responsibilities.  

We manage the economic value of the balance sheet within a range around a target duration. Management of the benchmark duration is the responsibility of the 
first line of defence and is managed within Board approved limits, with the resulting risk exposure maintained within our risk appetite. 

48    |    CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report 

 
The duration limits consider an appropriate trade-off between:  

•  Earnings volatility and volatility in the value of our equity; 

•  Risk and return (e.g. increasing duration increases the exposure to rising interest rates, but also benefits net interest income when there is a positively sloping 

yield curve); and, 

•  Expected interest rate movements.  

IRRBB is measured using standard parallel and non-parallel interest rate shocks and historical simulations to evaluate earnings and economic value sensitivity, stress 
testing and gap analysis, in addition to other traditional risk metrics, including:  

•  Earnings at Risk (EaR) - the potential reduction in net interest income due to adverse interest rate movements over a one-year horizon.  

•  Economic Value of Equity at Risk (EVaR) - the potential reduction in economic value of CWB’s equity due to adverse interest rate movements.  

Both EaR and EVaR are measured against simulated interest rate scenarios and standard parallel and non-parallel interest shocks (interest rate sensitivity).  

IRRBB exposure is controlled by managing the size of the static gap positions between interest sensitive assets and interest sensitive liabilities for future periods. This 
is supplemented by simulated VaR for economic value of CWB’s equity, estimated by applying simulated interest rate scenarios to interest sensitive assets and 
interest sensitive liabilities. These analyses are supported by stress testing of the asset liability portfolio structure, duration analysis and dollar estimates of net 
interest income sensitivity after hedging activity for periods of up to one year. The interest rate gap is measured at least monthly.  

The  Executive  Risk  Committee  and  ALCo  regularly  review  internal  reporting  on  the  measurement  outcomes  of  IRRBB  and  hedging  strategies,  which  provide 
monitoring of EaR and EVaR, in addition to stress testing, gap analysis and other market risk metrics. A summary report is provided to the Board Risk Committee 
each quarter. 

Interest Rate Sensitivity 

The following table outlines the potential before-tax impact of an immediate and sustained 100 basis point increase or decrease in interest rates on our EVE and net 
interest income (NII). 

Table 27 – Structural Interest Rate Sensitivity Measures 
($ thousands) 

Before-tax impact associated with: 

100 basis point increase in rates 

100 basis point decrease in rates 

(1)  Represents the 12-month NII exposure to an immediate and sustained shock in rates. 

October 31, 2023 

October 31, 2022 

  EVE Sensitivity  

  NII Sensitivity(1) 

  EVE Sensitivity 

NII Sensitivity(1) 

 $  

 $  

(54,776) 

47,674 

$ 

$ 

 7,980  

 (9,503)  

$ 

$ 

 (86,311)  

 $  

 79,657 

 $  

1,559 

(3,429) 

In addition, a one-percentage point increase in interest rates would decrease OCI $84,514 (October 31, 2022 – $87,691), net of tax and a one-percentage point 
decrease in interest rates would increase OCI by $87,823 (October 31, 2022 – $90,586), net of tax.   

Both the year-over-year change in NII and EVE sensitivity reflect a shorter net duration of the structural balance sheet. Both economic value of equity sensitivity and 
earnings sensitivity remained within limits established by the Board of Directors.  

The interest rate sensitivities are based on a number of assumptions and factors, which include: a constant structure in the interest sensitive asset and liability 
portfolios; interest rate changes affecting interest sensitive assets and liabilities by proportionally the same amount, except floor levels for various deposit liabilities 
and certain floating rate loans, and applied at the appropriate repricing dates; application of behavioural assumptions to indeterminate assets and liabilities; and no 
early redemptions.  

The impact on earnings from changes in market interest rates will also depend on both the magnitude of and speed with which interest rates change, as well as the 
size and maturity structure of the cumulative interest rate gap position and the management of those positions over time. 

We maintain an asset liability structure and interest rate sensitivity within our established policies through pricing and product initiatives, as well as the use of 
interest rate swaps and other appropriate strategies. 

Note 22 of the audited consolidated financial statements provides the static gap position at October 31, 2023 for select time intervals.  

FOREIGN EXCHANGE RISK 

Foreign exchange risk is the risk to changes in earnings or economic value arising from changes in foreign exchange rates. This risk arises when various assets and liabilities 
are denominated in different currencies. 

Risk Management 

We have established policies that include limits on the maximum allowable differences between U.S. dollar assets and liabilities. We measure the difference daily 
and manage it through use of U.S. dollar forward contracts or other means. Our Market Risk Management policy includes monitoring of our U.S. dollar liquidity 
exposures. Deviations from compliance with policy, if any, are reported to ALCo and the Board Risk Committee. 

 CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |    49 

 
 
 
 
In providing financial services to our customers, we have assets and liabilities denominated in U.S. dollars. At October 31, 2023, assets denominated in U.S. dollars 
were 2% (2022 – 3%) of total assets and U.S. dollar liabilities were 2% (2022 – 3%) of total liabilities. We do not buy or sell currencies other than U.S. dollars other 
than to meet specific client needs. We have no material exposure to currencies other than U.S. dollars. 

LIQUIDITY AND FUNDING RISK  

Liquidity risk is the risk that we cannot meet a demand for cash or fund our financial obligations in a cost-effective or timely manner as they become due. These 

financial obligations can arise from withdrawals of deposits, debt or deposit maturities or commitments to provide credit. 

Risk Overview 

We maintain a conservative approach to managing our exposure to liquidity and funding risk, including holding a portfolio of high-quality liquid assets to allow continued 
operation  under  stressed  conditions  that  may  be  caused  by  CWB-specific  or  systemic  events.  This  pool  of  high-quality  liquid  assets  and  related  liquidity  and  funding 
management strategies comprise an integrated approach designed to ensure we manage liquidity risk within an appropriate threshold. 

Our key risk mitigation strategies include: 

•  An appropriate balance between the level of risk we undertake and the corresponding cost of risk mitigation that considers the potential impact of extreme but plausible 

events; 

•  Broad funding access, including preserving and growing full-service client relationships to maintain a reliable base of core deposits and continual access to diversified 

sources of funding; 

•  A comprehensive group-wide contingency funding plan supported by a pool of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets and marketable securities that would provide 
assured access to liquidity in a crisis. Our contingency funding plan also considers access to programs put in place by the Bank of Canada to support liquidity in the 
financial system during times of market disruption and volatility; and, 

•  Maintenance of a liquidity position to manage current and future liquidity requirements while also contributing to the flexibility, safety and soundness of CWB under 

times of stress.  

For additional information, refer to the Liquidity Management section of our MD&A.  

Risk Governance 

Liquidity risk is managed in accordance with our Liquidity Risk Management policy, second line standard and accompanying first line directive. The Liquidity Risk 
Management policy is reviewed by ALCo and the Executive Risk Committee and approved by the Board Risk Committee every three years, at a minimum. The Board 
Risk Committee delegates liquidity risk management authorities to senior management and our Treasury team, as the first line of defence, is responsible for managing 
liquidity and funding risk. ALCo provides tactical and strategic direction and is responsible for ongoing oversight, review and endorsement of operational guidelines. 
The Market Risk, Liquidity and Profitability Oversight function, as the second line of defence is responsible for independent oversight and reporting of liquidity risk 
exposure against our risk appetite to ALCo, the Executive Risk Committee and the Board Risk Committee.  

Risk Management 

Our Liquidity Risk Management policy establishes a target for minimum liquidity, sets the monitoring regime, and defines authority levels and responsibilities. Limit 
setting establishes acceptable thresholds for liquidity risk.  

We actively pursue diversification of our deposit liabilities by source, type of depositor, instrument and term. Supplementary funding sources currently include 
securitization and capital market issuances. We maintain a pool of highly liquid, unencumbered assets that can be readily sold, or pledged to secure borrowings, 
under stressed market conditions or due to CWB-specific events. 

Our liquidity model measures and forecasts cash inflows and outflows, including any cash flows related to applicable off-balance sheet activities over various risk 
scenarios. Trends and behaviours regarding how clients manage their deposits and loans are monitored to determine appropriate liquidity levels. Active monitoring 
of the external environment is performed using a wide range of sources and economic indicators. We perform liquidity stress testing on a regular basis to evaluate 
the potential effect of CWB-specific disruptions, systemic disruptions and combination thereof, on our liquidity position. Liquidity stress tests consider the effect of 
changes in funding assumptions, depositor behaviour and the market behaviour of liquid assets. We stress test liquidity as per the OSFI LAR guideline. Stress test 
results are reviewed by ALCo and considered in making liquidity management decisions. Liquidity stress testing has many purposes, including assisting the Board 
Risk Committee and senior management to understand the potential behaviour of various positions on CWB’s balance sheet in circumstances of stress and facilitating 
the development of effective funding, risk mitigation and contingency plans.  

A contingency funding plan is maintained that defines a liquidity event and specifies the desired approaches for analyzing and responding to actual and potential 
liquidity events. The plan outlines an appropriate governance structure for the management and monitoring of liquidity events, processes for effective internal and 
external communication, and identifies potential countermeasures to be considered at various stages of an event. 

Treasury is responsible for liquidity risk analysis, measurement, stress testing, monitoring, and reporting to both ALCo and the Board Risk Committee. Market Risk, 
Liquidity and Profitability Oversight teams provide second line monitoring of these activities. 

50    |    CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report 

 
 
 
Contractual Obligations 

We enter into contracts in the normal course of business that give rise to commitments of future minimum payments that may affect our liquidity position. In addition to 
the obligations related to deposits and subordinated debentures discussed in the Deposits and Liquidity Management sections of our MD&A, as well as Notes 12, 13, 14 and 
17  of  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  following  table  summarizes  purchase  obligations  outstanding  at  October  31,  2023  for  operating  and  capital 
expenditures. 

Table 28 - Contractual Obligations 
($ thousands) 

October 31, 2023 

October 31, 2022 

Credit Ratings 

Within 1  
Year 

 $  

 $  

57,834 

38,972 

 $  

 $  

1 to 3 
Years 

54,201 

14,842 

  More than 
4 Years 

 $  

 $  

5,492 

5,299 

 $  

 $  

Total 

117,527 

59,113 

Our ability to efficiently access capital markets funding on a cost-effective basis is partially dependent upon the maintenance of satisfactory credit ratings. Such credit ratings 
increase the breadth of clients and investors able to participate in various deposit and debt offerings, while also lowering our overall cost of capital. Credit ratings are largely 
determined  by  the  quality  of  earnings,  the  adequacy  of  capital,  the  effectiveness  of  risk  management  programs  and  the  opinions  of  rating  agencies  related  to 
creditworthiness of the financial sector as a whole. There can be no assurance that our credit ratings and the corresponding outlook will not be changed, potentially resulting 
in adverse consequences for funding capacity or access to capital markets. Changes in credit ratings may also affect the ability and/or the cost of establishing normal course 
derivative or hedging transactions. Credit ratings do not consider market price or address the suitability of any financial instrument for a particular investor and are not 
recommendations to purchase, sell or hold securities. Ratings are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the rating organization. 

The following table summarizes our current credit ratings issued by DBRS Morningstar, as well as the corresponding rating outlook. 

Table 29 - DBRS Morningstar Credit Ratings 

Short-term 
instruments 

R1 (low) 

Stable 

Long-term senior 
debt and long-term deposits 

Subordinated debentures 
(NVCC) 

Preferred shares  
(NVCC) 

Limited recourse 
capital notes (NVCC) 

A (low) 

Stable 

BBB (low) 

Stable 

Pfd-3 

Stable 

BB (high) 

Stable 

Rating 

Outlook 

CAPITAL RISK 

Capital risk is the risk that we have insufficient capital resources, in either quantity or quality, to support economic risk taken, regulatory requirements, strategic 

initiatives and current or planned operations. 

Risk Overview 

Capital management involves an ongoing process to determine, allocate and maintain appropriate capital levels. The objective of capital management is to ensure: 

•  Capital is, and will continue to be, adequate to maintain confidence in the safety and stability of CWB while also complying with required regulatory standards; 

•  We have the capability to access appropriate sources of capital in a timely and cost-effective manner; and,  

•  Return on capital is sufficient to support projected business growth and satisfy the expectations of investors. 

Risk Governance 

The Board approves the annual regulatory capital plan, and the Board Risk Committee approves the periodic ICAAP and Capital Risk Management policy. The Group Capital 
Risk Committee is responsible for capital risk management. The CRO oversees the measurement of capital demand, including forecasted capital demand under base and 
severe but plausible stress scenarios. The CFO is responsible to ensure that adequate capital supply is available to meet the capital demand determined in accordance with 
our Capital Risk Management policy. 

Risk Management 

Our Capital Risk Management policy establishes a framework to manage our capital requirements, including the definition of roles and responsibilites as well as reporting 
and monitoring requirements. We have established target capital levels, which are informed by our ICAAP and stress tests, that are deemed prudent to effectively manage 
risks, and are well above regulatory minimums.  

Regulatory ratios are calculated under the Standardized approach for credit risk and reported to senior management and the Board of Directors on a recurring basis, at least 
quarterly. On at least an annual basis, we complete a regulatory capital plan, which includes a three-year capital projection. To monitor capital risk, we utilize models to 
analyze the likely capital impact of projected operations, various balance sheet and income statement scenarios, approaches used to calculate regulatory capital, and/or 
significant transactions. A quarterly update on both capital demand and capital supply risk is provided to the Board Risk Committee. 

The Risk Management and Finance teams comprise the core ICAAP team and are closely involved in capital management, and follow the process and principles outlined in 

the Stress Testing section of our MD&A. For additional information, refer to the Capital Management section of our MD&A. 

 CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |    51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OPERATIONAL RISK 

Operational Risk is defined as the risk of loss resulting from people, inadequate or failed internal processes and systems or from external events. This includes legal 

risk but excludes strategic and reputational risk. 

Risk Overview 

Operational risk is inherent in all of our business activities, including our full-service business and personal banking, specialized financing, wealth management offerings, 
and trust services. We are exposed to operational risk from internal business activities, external threats and business activities performed or enhanced by third party service 
providers. Effective management of operational risk improves our operational resilience while limiting potential losses that may result from process and control failures, 
theft and fraud, unauthorized transactions by employees, regulatory non-compliance, business disruption, information security breaches, cybersecurity threats, exposure 
to risks related to third-party relationships, and damage to physical assets. Its impact can be financial loss, loss of reputation, loss of competitive position, regulatory scrutiny, 
or failure in the management of other risks. While operational risk cannot be eliminated completely, proactive operational risk management is a key strategy to mitigate 
this risk.  

Risk Governance 

The Non-Financial Risk Committee is responsible for providing risk governance oversight for operational risk management. We have an Operational Risk Management policy 
and related standards to ensure that all employees understand their responsibilities with respect to operational risk management. The Operational Risk Management policy 
encompasses a common language of risk coupled with programs and methodologies for identification, measurement, control and management of operational risk. 

Our management of operational risk follows the three lines of defence governance model. Business and support areas are the first line of defense and are fully accountable 
to  manage  and  mitigate  the  operational  risks  associated  with  their  activities.  The  Non-Financial  Risk  Committee  oversees  the  implementation  and  adoption  of  the 
Operational Risk Management policy and facilitates the involvement of relevant stakeholders in the first and second lines of defense across CWB. Group Risk Management, 
as the second line, is responsible for the continual enhancement of the Operational Risk Management framework and supporting standards. The Board Risk Committee has 
ultimate oversight and approves the Operational Risk Management policy. 

Risk Management 

We apply various risk management frameworks and standards to manage and mitigate operational risks. Management remains close to operations, which helps to facilitate 
effective internal communication and operational control. Our operational risk management processes are focused to continue to strengthen our risk culture by promoting 
greater awareness and understanding of operational risk across all three lines of defence and providing ongoing training and communication. We maintain a continued 
focus to enhance operational risk management processes as risks evolve.  

Our Operational Risk Management standard describes how the principles of the Operational Risk Management policy are put into practice and defines accountabilities and 
required  participation  from  various  teams  across  the  three  lines  of  defence.  The  framework  sets  out  the  processes  to  identify,  assess,  monitor,  measure,  report  and 
communicate on operational risks. Key elements of the framework include:  

•  Common definitions - We incorporate standard risk terms and key operational risk definitions in our Operational Risk Management standard and supporting policies. We 

have adopted a Risk Taxonomy that is the basis for all operational risk management reporting, with loss events and identified risks categorized consistently.  

•  Risk control assessments - We utilize Risk Control Assessments (RCA) to develop a forward-looking view of operational risk exposure based on proactive identification of 
key sources of operational risk exposures. The results of RCAs are aggregated across CWB to evaluate the key sources of operational risks and compare relative exposures 
from different business activities; 

•  Risk reporting - Loss data monitoring is important to maintain awareness of identified operational risks and to assist management to take constructive action to reduce 

exposure to future losses; 

•  Root cause analysis - For significant operational risk events we employ a standardized methodology to identify the underlying cause of the operational risk event and 

document the corrective actions taken to avoid similar events in the future, and opportunities for training and education;  

•  New initiative risk assessments - Integrated with our change management process, the assessment requires initiative owners to proactively identify key risks and conduct 

detailed RCAs for high-risk new initiatives; 

•  Key risk indicators - We utilize key risk indicators to monitor the main drivers of exposure associated with key operational risks, which can also provide insight into control 
weaknesses  and  help  to  determine  residual  risk.  Risk  and  performance  indicators  are  used  to  identify  risk  trends  and  prompt  actions  and  mitigation  plans  to  be 
undertaken; and, 

•  Scenario analysis - We utilize scenario analysis to identify potential operational risk events and assess their potential impact on CWB. Scenario analysis is an effective 

tool to consider potential sources of operational risk and the need for enhanced risk management controls or mitigation solutions.  

In addition to the second line Operational Risk Management standard, we maintain several additional standards aligned with our Operational Risk Management policy to 
manage and mitigate specific types of differentiated operational risks.  

The regulatory framework requires certain amounts of capital to be allocated to support operational risk. We use the  Simplified Standardized approach to measure the 
notional risk-weighted asset that we hold against operational risk.  

52    |    CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
Key Operational Risks 
PEOPLE RISK 

People risk means the potential for loss or harm arising from ineffective practices related to people, culture and employment. Failure to effectively manage people risk can 
result in operational disruptions and uncertainty, failure to meet strategic objectives, injury or harm to individuals, or damage to CWB’s brand. We intend to continually 
attract and retain qualified team members to successfully execute against our strategic priorities. We do this by proactively investing in our practices and programs to build 
a positive, rewarding and collaborative work environment, where teams are empowered to deliver exceptional client experiences. Human Resource guidelines and processes 
are in place to establish accountability in relation to people risk, to ensure team members are adequately trained to perform the tasks for which they are responsible, and 
to enable talent attraction, development, and retention. A people first approach is specifically referenced in our values as we focus on driving inclusion and diversity and 
execute on specific strategies to increase our brand awareness in the markets where we operate. We complement this with a specialized and knowledgeable approach to 
talent acquisition, a robust focus on employee engagement, effective communication and employee listening strategies, proactive organizational change management, a 
competitive total rewards offering with differentiated benefits, flexible work arrangements, comprehensive learning and development opportunities and a proactive focus 
on succession planning. 

TECHNOLOGY AND CYBERSECURITY RISK 

Technology Risk 

Technology risk is the risk of loss or harm related to the operational performance, confidentiality, integrity and availability of our information, systems and infrastructure. 
We are dependent upon technology and supporting infrastructure, such as voice, data, systems and network access. In addition to internal resources, various third parties 
provide key infrastructure, and application services to support our operations. Disruptions in information technology and infrastructure, whether attributed to internal or 
external factors, and including potential disruptions in the services provided by various third parties, could adversely affect our ability to conduct regular business and/or 
deliver products and services to clients. We have several projects underway focused on increasing our digital capabilities which may potentially increase risk  exposure 
related to information systems and technology. 

Ongoing diligence is required to ensure systems are resilient and secure from threats. Our Technology and Cybersecurity Risk Management standard provides a consistent 
enterprise-wide approach to efficiently and effectively manage technology and cyber risk while supporting the ability to deliver on our strategic objectives. We continuously 
identify and assess key services (i.e. upgrades, enhancements, new products) to ensure potential failure points are highlighted and the related risk is mitigated in the best 
possible  way  (i.e.  upgrades,  enhancements,  new  products).  We  rely  on  technology  that  incorporates  controls  and  programs  such  as  asset  management,  configuration 
management, change management, capacity management, disaster recovery management, patch management and information security management programs. With our 
adoption of a hybrid work environment, our dependence on remote access to information technology and supporting infrastructure remains elevated. We regularly monitor, 
assess and revise our business continuity approach and response to ensure our ability to maintain critical operations through periods of business disruption. Our Information 
Services team has worked diligently to ensure our teams have uninterrupted remote access to required technology and infrastructure through our secure platforms. Our 
Information Services team also continues to partner with GRM to apply further rigour and enhanced governance of the identification and evaluation of potential risks in the 
technology environment.  

Cybersecurity Risk  

Cybersecurity risk is the risk of loss or harm due to compromise of our information assets (i.e. the unauthorized use, loss, damage, disclosure, or modification of company 
information and information systems) caused by a failure to protect our information assets. We manage information security risk by ensuring appropriate technologies, 
processes and tools are effectively designed and implemented to help prevent, detect, and respond to threats as they emerge and evolve. 

Our Information Security Office continues to enhance our comprehensive suite of controls to protect CWB’s operations, our customer and corporate data from attack and 
have partnered with leading third-party service providers to provide counsel and support should the need arise. We regularly test the completeness and effectiveness of 
our information and cybersecurity program through penetration testing and control evaluation exercises conducted by independent third parties and our Governance, Risk 
and Controls (GRC) function. We continuously monitor our environment for indications of control weakness, and conduct mandatory security awareness training sessions 
for  all  team  members.  As  we  continue  to  enhance  our  digital  capabilities,  a  focus  to  advance  our  cybersecurity  enables  our  growth  trajectory.  By  implementing  and 
benchmarking the effectiveness of our cybersecurity risk and control frameworks, we ensure our ability to safely deliver services to our clients through digital channels. 

We continually enhance our Technology and Cyber Risk management processes to align with the changing regulatory environment such as OSFI’s B-13 Technology and Cyber 
Risk Management and OSFI’s draft Integrity and Security Guidelines both of which will become effective in January 2024.   

OUTSOURCING AND THIRD-PARTY RISK 

Outsourcing and third-party risk is the risk of loss or harm due to a third-party service provider failing to deliver functionality and performance required to effectively support 
underlying  business  objectives,  caused  by  inadequate  selection,  retention,  oversight  and/or  monitoring  of  the  relationship,  or  by  inadequate  contractual  terms  and 
conditions. To manage this risk, we rely on our Third-party Risk Management framework, which reflects a risk-based approach to centrally identify, assess, manage and 
monitor third-party risk and leverages the three lines of defence model. We continued to mature our third-party risk management processes and tools this year, including 
the assessment of the internal control environment of potential service providers, and our monitoring programs. Third-party Risk Management will continue to be a focus 
to enhance our operational resilience, ensure continued delivery of critical operations during times of disruption and align with the enhanced requirements of the updated 
OSFI B-10 Guideline on Third Party Risk Management. 

FRAUD RISK 

Fraud risk is the risk of loss or harm due to any intentional act, misstatement or omission designed to deceive others, resulting in the victim suffering a loss and/or the 
perpetrator achieving a gain, and may include collusion involving two or more individuals.  Our Fraud Risk Management framework outlines our enterprise-wide approach 
to proactively manage fraud risk within CWB’s fraud risk appetite. CWB employs prevention, detection and response capabilities across the enterprise that are designed to 
help protect customers, shareholders and employees from fraud risk. 

 CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |    53 

 
DATA RISK  

Data risk is the risk, whether direct or indirect, that arises from reliance on data to support our ability to make informed decisions and develop accurate reporting and 
analytics for senior management, our Board of Directors, regulators, or customer facing and/or marketing purposes. Potential risks can relate to data management, data 
taxonomy, metadata, governance, access, or data that is incomplete, inaccurate, untimely and/or inaccessible, misuse and/or misinterpretation of data. Data is considered 
a key strategic asset.  

As data is produced and consumed by different business lines and geographies across CWB, an effective, collaborative, and holistic approach to data risk management has 
been implemented to minimize reputation, regulatory and financial risk. Our Data Governance framework and supporting protocols reflect a risk-based approach to support 
oversight and management of critical data elements to enable greater coordination and consistency of our data. We continue to enhance and mature our data remediation 
processes and data quality monitoring tools. Our ongoing programs related to data protection and access management also ensure that data is only accessible when directly 
relevant to the team member’s role. 

MODEL RISK  

Model risk is the risk of adverse financial and reputational consequences arising from the use of an inappropriate model or from using a model inappropriately.  Model risk 
can  originate  from  inappropriate  specifications,  incorrect  parameter  estimates,  flawed  hypotheses  and/or  assumptions,  mathematical  computation  errors,  inaccurate, 
inappropriate or incomplete data, inappropriate, improper or unintended usage and inadequate monitoring and/or controls. The Model Risk Committee provides oversight 
of model risk. Our Model Risk Management policy and standard describe the overarching principles and procedures that provide the framework for managing model risk. 
The policy and standard also define roles and responsibilities for key stakeholders involved in the Model Risk Management cycle. All models, whether developed internally 
or vendor-supplied, are covered by this framework.  

LEGAL AND REGULATORY RISK 

Legal and regulatory risk is the potential for loss or harm resulting from a failure to comply with laws, meet regulatory requirements, or satisfy contractual obligations. 

This includes the risk arising from any failure to meet applicable standards of care, implement practices to meet new or evolving legal or regulatory requirements, 

enforce  or  comply  with  contractual  terms,  or  effectively  manage  litigation  and  other  disputes. Legal  and  regulatory risk  does  not  include  risk  arising  from non-

conformance with ethical standards. 

The  financial  services  industry  is  highly  regulated  and  subject  to  strict  enforcement  of  legal  and  regulatory  requirements  by  various  authorities,  including  federal  and 
provincial governments and regulators. Failure to manage these risks or comply with applicable legal and regulatory requirements may result in legal proceedings including 
civil or criminal litigation, regulatory fines and other sanctions, enforcement actions, criminal convictions and penalties, administrative penalties, financial loss, restricted 
business activities, increased regulatory supervision or intervention or supervisory findings, the imprisonment or regulatory examination of officers and directors, an inability 
to execute our strategic direction, a decline in client and investor confidence, and damage to our reputation. Management of these risks and ensuring compliance with legal 
and regulatory requirements are key priorities for us, and we do so in accordance with our three lines of defence framework. 

Changes to applicable legal and regulatory requirements, including changes in their interpretation or implementation, could adversely affect us, and we anticipate ongoing 
scrutiny from our regulators and strict enforcement of such requirements as reforms continue at the federal and provincial levels to strengthen the stability of the financial 
system and protect stakeholders. Over the past several years, the intensity of supervisory oversight of all federally regulated Canadian financial institutions has increased in 
both requirements and new standards. This includes amplified supervisory activities, an increase in the volume of regulation, more frequent data and information requests 
from regulators, and shorter implementation timeframes for new requirements. Further, new regulatory regimes have or are being introduced for areas including privacy 
and data management, consumer protection, third-party risk management, climate risk management, and cybersecurity and technology risk oversight which enhance the 
complexity of compliance. Certain requirements may also impact our ability to compete against both federally regulated and non-federally regulated entities. We actively 
monitor these developments and implement required changes to systems and processes. We have implemented a robust Regulatory Compliance Risk Management standard 
and developed supporting protocols to manage regulatory compliance risk across the enterprise. 

Our Legal Services and Regulatory Compliance groups work together to maintain enterprise-wide protocols that set out the steps to be taken to identify, assess, manage, 
monitor and report on legal and regulatory issues. We identify applicable laws and regulations and potential risks, recommend mitigation measures and strategies, conduct 
internal investigations, and oversee legal proceedings and enforcement actions, including civil claims and litigation, criminal charges, and regulatory examinations and audits.  

Failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory requirements may result in legal proceedings, financial losses, regulatory fines and other sanctions, enforcement 
actions, criminal convictions and penalties, an inability to execute our strategy, a decline in investor and client confidence, and damage to our reputation.  

We  are  subject  to  legal  proceedings,  including  investigations  by  regulators,  arising  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business.  The  unfavourable  resolution  of  any  such  legal 
proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, financial condition, cash flows, capital position or credit ratings, or require material changes 
in our operations. The volume of legal proceedings and the amount of damages and penalties assessed in such legal proceedings could grow in the future. We are required 
to disclose material litigation to which we are party. In assessing the materiality of litigation, factors considered include a case-by-case assessment of specific facts and 
circumstances, our past experience and the opinions of legal experts. 

54    |    CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report 

 
 
Safeguarding our customers, employees, information and assets from exposure to criminal risk is an important priority for us. Financial crime risk is the potential for loss or 
harm resulting from a failure to comply with criminal laws and includes acts by employees or third parties against us and acts by external parties using CWB to engage in 
unlawful conduct, such as fraud, theft, money laundering, violence, cyber crime, bribery, and corruption. Our Regulatory Compliance team maintains a strong focus on key 
regulatory compliance areas such as privacy, anti-money laundering, anti-terrorist financing and consumer protection regulations. We govern, oversee and assess principles 
and procedures designed to help ensure compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and internal risk parameters related to anti-money laundering, anti-terrorist 
financing and sanctions measures, and our compliance with anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws and regulations. 

BUSINESS AND STRATEGIC RISK 

Strategic risk is the risk that CWB or particular business areas will make inappropriate business or strategic choices or will be unable to successfully execute processes 

to achieve our strategic priorities. 

Strategic risk includes business risk, which arises from the specific business activities we undertake, and the effects they could have on our financial results. The Board of 
Directors is responsible for providing oversight of strategic risk and effective challenge and approval of our strategic plan on an annual basis. We develop a strategic plan 
based on an assessment of emerging market trends, the competitive environment, potential risks and other key issues. 

Our strategy is focused on targeted growth of our business through a combination of organic growth and strategic acquisitions. The strength of our organic growth depends 
on the execution of enhancements to our client experience, products, and processes that continues to attract and retain clients. The ability to successfully grow through 
acquisition will depend on several factors, including identification of accretive new business or acquisition opportunities, negotiation of purchase agreements on satisfactory 
terms and prices, approval of acquisitions by regulatory authorities, securing satisfactory regulatory capital and financing arrangements, and effective integration of newly 
acquired operations into the existing business. All these activities may be more difficult to implement or may take longer to execute than we anticipate. To mitigate this risk, 
we rely on an effective project management process supported by a designated committee comprised of representatives of senior management. 

SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL RISK 

Social and environmental risk is the potential for loss or harm resulting from social or environmental impacts or concerns related to our business or our clients. This risk 
involves a broad spectrum of issues, including climate change, pollution and waste, energy and other resource usage, human rights, diversity, equity and inclusion, labour 
standards, and the strength of the communities we operate in.  

We recognize the importance of social and environmental risk management practices and processes and continue to advance our understanding of the impact these risks 
may have on our business and the businesses of our clients. Our Board of Directors and its committees provide oversight of these risks and their impacts on our enterprise-
wide strategy. We have a cross-functional sustainability team that is responsible to identify and prioritize social and environmental issues based on engagement with our 
clients, people, and investors, and to develop an implementation plan for our overarching approach to sustainability, which includes social and environmental factors, 
aligned with our strategic direction. The sustainability team provides regular updates and education on emerging trends related to social and environmental risks and market 
developments to our Board of Directors.  

Industry practises related to the identification, assessment and management of social and environmental risk are evolving at a rapid pace, especially those related to climate-
related risks, and we continue to monitor and respond to emerging regulatory and supervisory frameworks, guidance, and consultation. Our GRM function is responsible 
for the ongoing development of policies and processes to identify, assess, monitor, and report on social and environmental risks. Identified social and environmental risks 
are managed through our business policies and procedures across CWB. Environmental risks within our lending portfolio are managed through our credit granting process 
(see the Credit Risk section above). Further information on our approach to environmental risks specifically related to climate change are included in the TCFD Disclosure 
section below. 

We are committed to providing transparent and timely disclosures related to social and environmental risks to facilitate consistent and comparable reporting across all 
industries. We publish an annual Sustainability Report, which includes disclosure on our approach and performance to address significant social and environmental risks 
and  reflects  our  phased  adoption  of  the  Task  Force  on  Climate-related  Financial  Disclosures  (TCFD)  recommendations,  further  discussed  below.  In  March  2023,  OSFI 
published  Guideline  B-15:  Climate  Risk  Management  (B-15),  which  sets  out  expectations  for  federally-regulated  financial  institutions  related  to  the  governance  and 
management of climate-related risks. Mandatory climate-related financial disclosures introduced by B-15 are aligned with the TCFD recommendations and our phased 
adoption supports future compliance with the regulatory guideline. As a small and medium-sized deposit-taking institution (SMSB), as defined by OSFI, we are required to 
implement B-15 for our fiscal year ending October 31, 2025. As we move forward, we will continue to advance our disclosures as our approach to sustainability matures. 
Further information on our approach to sustainability is available in our 2022 Sustainability Report, located on our website at www.cwb.com/sustainability-reports.  

TCFD Disclosure 

Governance  

Board Oversight 

The Board of Directors and its committees provide oversight to social and environmental risks and opportunities, including the impact of climate change. The Board of 
Directors  oversees  our  enterprise-wide  approach  to  climate  change  and  related  disclosures  included  within  our  Sustainability  Report,  and  monitors  progress  on  the 
integration of climate factors into our ongoing strategy. As the topic of climate change requires a multidisciplinary approach, each board committee also provides oversight 
of  climate-related  factors  that  are  specific  to  their  respective  responsibilities.  The  committee  mandates  include specific  oversight  responsibilities  related  to  social  and 
environmental factors. 

The Board and its committees regularly receive reporting on and discuss a range of climate-related issues, which include our approach to climate change and progress 
towards measurement of our operational and financed greenhouse gas emissions, current and emerging trends related to climate-related risks, the evolving regulatory 
landscape, and increased stakeholder focus and engagement. 

 CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |    55 

Management Oversight 

Our ESG Steering Committee is focused on the design and execution of our approach to integrate climate factors into our strategy and operations, as part of the development 
of a comprehensive approach to sustainability. The ESG Steering Committee consists of each member of our executive team, and is supported by our sustainability team, 
who  engages  with  internal  stakeholders  and  works  closely  with  the  GRM  function  to  establish  appropriate  working  groups  tasked  with  the  development  of  various 
components of our approach to climate change.  

Our Executive Risk Committee provides oversight of our developing approach to identify, assess, monitor and report on climate-related risks, with support and input from 
the GRM function.  

Strategy 

We recognize that we have a part to play in Canada’s transition to net-zero emissions by managing our direct and indirect climate impact, exploring ways to support our 
clients in achieving their climate goals and mitigating the risks associated with climate change. As we progress the development of our sustainability approach, our strategy 
will incorporate short-, medium-, and long-term goals targeted to address specific climate-related issues that could have a significant financial impact on our operations, or 
the operations of our clients.  

We are committed to measure and manage our greenhouse gas emissions, with an initial focus on our operational emissions across our national footprint, to support our 
ability to develop meaningful and supportable reduction targets in the future. In addition to continued efforts to measure and manage our own carbon footprint, we are 
focused to develop a deeper understanding of the risks and opportunities that climate change presents for our clients. To better understand these risks and opportunities, 
we are expanding our greenhouse gas emissions estimates to encompass the financed emissions within our lending portfolio, using a phased approach with consideration 
for  data  and  measurement  methodology  limitations.  Through  this  process,  we  will  continue  to  assess  the  credibility,  reliability,  comparability  and  decision-making 
usefulness of greenhouse gas emissions estimation approaches and data sources and consider how they may be leveraged as we enhance our approach to climate risk 
management. 

To remain well-informed on climate-related issues and emerging trends and support the development of our approach to climate change, our teams provide representation 
on  industry  groups  and  national  and  local  climate-related  programs.  We  participate  in  the  Sustainable  Finance  Action  Council,  which  advises  on  movement  towards 
mandatory climate change disclosures, the development of a climate risk taxonomy within the context of Canada’s capital markets and addressing the climate data needs 
and capacity within the financial sector.  

Risk Management 

Climate risk is a subset of environmental risk that encompasses the risk of financial loss or reputational damage that results from the physical and transition impacts of 
climate change, which may adversely impact our operations, or the operations of our clients.  

•  Transition to a lower-carbon economy may entail extensive policy, legal, technology, and market changes to address mitigation and adaptation requirements related to 
climate change. Depending on the nature, speed, and focus of these changes, transition risks may pose varying levels of financial and reputation risk to organizations 
over time.  

•  Physical  risks  related  to  climate  change  can  be  event-driven  or  due  to  longer-term  shifts  in  climate  patterns.  Physical  risks  may  have  financial  implications  for 

organizations, such as direct damage to assets and indirect impacts from supply chain disruption.  

We have limited direct physical risk exposure based on our modest physical footprint through banking centres and corporate office space across Canada. We regularly 
monitor, assess and revise our business continuity approach and response to ensure our ability to maintain critical operations through periods of business disruption. We 
have minimal indirect physical and transition risk exposure through our current lending activities, although we expect this risk will evolve and emerge over time. Our lending 
portfolio diversification by geography and industry has increased significantly over the past several years, which mitigates the risk of over-exposure to any one sector or 
region that might be exposed to climate-related risks. 

We continue to advance our capabilities and approach to climate-related risk management.  Our Risk Management framework incorporates social and environmental risk 
within our risk universe and climate-related risk is included in our Risk Register to facilitate the assessment of the level of inherent risk, control effectiveness and residual 
risk. In 2023, we expanded our social and environmental risk management function within GRM to lead continued advancement of our risk management practises to support 
identification, management, and reporting of climate-related risks and integration of climate-related risks into our policies and procedures. 

Metrics and Targets 

As we continue our adoption of the TCFD recommendations, we are committed to identify, measure, and disclose climate-related metrics and targets, beginning with a 
focus on greenhouse gas emissions across our operational footprint, followed by a phased disclosure approach related to financed emissions within our lending portfolio. 
We are also committed to manage our operational footprint through practices targeted to benchmark and reduce the amount of energy we consume, increase materials 
recovered and recycled, and manage ecological maintenance products. As we expand our banking centre footprint and upgrade existing locations, we maintain a focus on 
sustainability and opportunities to reduce our environmental impact.  

Progress on our approach to climate change, including the development of related metrics and targets, is further discussed within our Sustainability Report located on our 
website at www.cwb.com/sustainability-reports.  

56    |    CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report 

 
 
REPUTATION RISK 

Reputation risk is the risk of loss or harm to our brand or reputation. It may arise even if other operational risks are effectively managed and includes the risk arising 

from non-conformance with ethical standards. 

Damage to our reputation and negative public perception could be an outcome of operational risk events that result from breakdowns in internal processes, deficient 
systems, actual or alleged misconduct of employees or external partners representing non-conformance with our ethical standards, or external events. Significant reputation 
risk  events  typically  lead  to  questions  about  business  ethics  and  integrity,  competence,  corporate  governance  practices,  quality  and  accuracy  of  financial  reporting 
disclosures, or quality of products and service. Negative public opinion could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain clients and/or employees and could expose us 
to litigation and/or regulatory action.  

We manage risks to our reputation by considering the potential reputational impact of all business activities, strategic plans, transactions and initiatives, product and service 
offerings, as well as day-to-day decision-making and conduct. Responsibility for managing the potential impact of operational (and other) risks on our reputation extends to 
all of our teams, including senior management and the Board of Directors. All directors, officers and employees have a responsibility to conduct their activities in accordance 
with our personal code of conduct policies, in a manner that minimizes operational risks and aligns to our three lines of defence framework. We actively promote a culture 
that encourages employees to raise concerns and supports them in doing so. 

OTHER RISK FACTORS 

In addition to the risks described above, other risk factors may adversely affect our businesses and financial results.  

LEVEL OF COMPETITION  

Our performance is impacted by competition in the markets in which we operate. Client retention may be influenced by many factors, including relative client experience, 
the relative price and attributes of products and services, changes in products and services, and actions taken by competitors.  

ACCURACY AND COMPLETENESS OF INFORMATION ON CLIENTS AND COUNTERPARTIES 

We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about clients and counterparties. In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions with 
clients and counterparties, we may rely on information furnished by them, including financial statements, appraisals, external credit ratings and other financial information.  

We may also rely on the representations of clients and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, 
on the reports of auditors. Our financial condition and earnings could be negatively impacted to the extent it relies on financial statements that do not comply with standard 
accounting practices, that are materially misleading, or that do not fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the customer 
or counterparties. 

ADEQUACY OF CWB’S RISK MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK 

The Risk Management framework is comprised of various policies, processes and tools for managing risk exposure. There can be no assurance that the framework to manage 
risks, including the framework’s underlying assumptions, will be effective under all conditions and circumstances. If the Risk Management framework proves ineffective, we 
could be materially affected by unexpected financial losses and/or other harm. 

CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING STANDARDS AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES 

The IASB continues to change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. These types of changes can be 
significant and may materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. Where we are required to retroactively apply a new or 
revised standard, we will restate prior period financial statements. 

OTHER FACTORS 

We  caution  that  the  above  discussion  of  risk  factors  is  not  exhaustive.  Other  factors  beyond  our  control  that  may  affect  future  results  include  changes  in  tax  laws, 
technological changes, unexpected changes in consumer or business spending and saving habits, timely development and introduction of new products, and the anticipation 
of and success in managing the associated risks. 

 CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |    57 

 
 
SHARE AND DISTRIBUTION INFORMATION 
As at December 1, 2023, there were 96,434,034 common shares and 2,128,783 stock options outstanding.  

We evaluate common share dividends considering the strength of our capital position and capital requirements under the Standardized approach to support ongoing strong 
risk-weighted asset growth. The following dividends on common and preferred shares were declared by the Board of Directors and paid during the year: 

($ thousands, except per share amounts) 

$1.30 per common share (2022 – $1.22) 
$1.08 per preferred share - Series 5 (2022 – $1.08) 
$1.50 per preferred share - Series 9 (2022 – $1.50) 

Total 

$ 

2023   

   124,998   $ 
       5,376  
       7,500  

2022  

   111,245 
       5,376 
7,500 

$ 

  137,874 

$ 

  124,121 

Subsequent to October 31, 2023, the Board of Directors of CWB declared a dividend of $0.34 per common share payable on January 4, 2024 to shareholders of record on 
December 21, 2023, and cash dividends of $0.2688125 per Series 5 and $0.375 per Series 9 preferred share all payable on January 31, 2024 to shareholders of record on 
January 24, 2024. With respect to these dividend declarations, no liability was recorded on the consolidated balance sheets at October 31, 2023.  

On April 30, 2023 and October 31, 2023, Series 1 NVCC Limited Recourse Capital Notes (LRCN) note holders received semi-annual coupon payments of $30, per $1,000 
principal amount of notes outstanding, reflecting total payments of $11 million, recorded in common shareholders’ net income on an after-tax basis. On January 31, 2023 
and July 31, 2023, Series 2 NVCC LRCN note holders received semi-annual coupon payments of $25 per $1,000 principal amount of notes outstanding, reflecting total 
payments of $8 million. 

Further information is provided in Note 15 of the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended October 31, 2023. 

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 
Transactions with and between subsidiary entities are made at normal market prices and eliminated on consolidation. 

We provide banking services to our officers and employees, including key management personnel, and their immediate family at various preferred rates and terms. Key 
management personnel are those that have authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling our activities and include our independent directors.  

Further information is provided in Note 21 of the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended October 31, 2023. 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 
As of October 31, 2023, an evaluation was carried out on the effectiveness of CWB’s disclosure controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO have 
certified that the design and operating effectiveness of CWB’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective. 

Also at October 31, 2023, an evaluation was carried out on the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS. Based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO have certified that the 
design and operating effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting were effective. 

These evaluations were conducted using the framework and criteria established in accordance with Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee 
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). A Disclosure Committee, comprised of members of senior management, assists the CEO and CFO in their 
responsibilities. Management’s evaluation of controls can only provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance that all control issues that may result in material misstatement, 
if any, have been detected. 

Prior to its release, this MD&A was reviewed by the Audit Committee and, on the Audit Committee’s recommendation, approved by the Board of Directors of CWB. 

58    |    CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated 
Financial Statements

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Management’s Responsibility for Financial Reporting .............60 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income .................... 66

Independent Auditors’ Report ..............................................61

Consolidated Statements of Changes In Equity ............................. 67

Consolidated Financial Statements ......................................64

Consolidated Balance Sheets ......................................................... 64

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ..........................69

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows ....................................... 68

Consolidated Statements of Income .............................................. 65

CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |    59

Consolidated Financial Statements 

MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL REPORTING 
The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  Canadian  Western  Bank  (CWB)  and  related  financial  information  presented  in  this  annual  report  have  been  prepared  by 
management who are responsible for the integrity and fair presentation of the information presented, which includes the consolidated financial statements, management’s 
discussion and analysis (MD&A) and other information. The consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards, including the 
requirements of the Bank Act and related rules and regulations issued by the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada. The MD&A has been prepared 
in accordance with the requirements of securities regulators, including National Instrument 51-102 of the Canadian Securities Administrators (CSA). 

The consolidated financial statements, MD&A and related financial information reflect amounts which must, of necessity, be based on informed estimates and judgments 
of management with appropriate consideration to materiality. The financial information represented elsewhere in this annual report is fairly presented and consistent with 
the consolidated financial statements. 

Management has designed the accounting system and related internal controls, and supporting procedures are maintained to provide reasonable assurance that financial 
records are complete and accurate, assets are safeguarded and CWB is in compliance with all regulatory requirements. These supporting procedures include the careful 
selection and training of qualified staff, defined division of responsibilities and accountability for performance, and the written communication of policies and guidelines of 
business conduct and risk management throughout CWB. 

We, as CWB’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, will certify CWB’s annual filings with the CSA as required by National Instrument 52-109 Certification of 
Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings. 

The system of internal controls is also supported by our internal audit function, which carries out periodic internal audits  of all aspects of CWB’s operations. The Chief 
Internal Auditor has full and free access to the Audit Committee and to the external auditors. 

The Audit Committee, appointed by the Board of Directors, is comprised entirely of independent directors who are not officers or employees of CWB. The Audit Committee 
is responsible for reviewing the consolidated financial statements and annual report, including the MD&A, and recommending them to the Board of Directors for approval. 
Other key responsibilities of the Audit Committee include meeting with management, the Chief Internal Auditor and the external auditors to discuss the effectiveness of 
certain internal controls over the financial reporting process and the planning and results of the external audit. The Audit Committee also meets regularly with the Chief 
Financial Officer, Chief Internal Auditor and the external auditors without management present. 

The  Governance  and  Conduct  Review  Committee,  appointed  by  the  Board  of  Directors,  is  comprised  of  directors  who  are  not  officers  or  employees  of  CWB.  Their 
responsibilities include reviewing related party transactions and reporting to the Board of Directors any related party transactions which may have a material impact on 
CWB. 

The Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada, at least once a year, makes such examination and inquiry into the affairs of CWB and its federally regulated 
subsidiaries as is deemed necessary or expedient to satisfy themselves that the provisions of the relevant Acts, having reference to the safety of depositors, are being duly 
observed and that CWB is in a sound financial condition. 

KPMG LLP, the independent auditors appointed by the shareholders of CWB, have performed an audit of the consolidated financial statements and their report follows. The 
external auditors have full and free access to, and meet periodically with, the Audit Committee to discuss their audit and any resulting matters. 

Chris H. Fowler  
President and Chief Executive Officer 

December 7, 2023 

R. Matthew Rudd 
Chief Financial Officer 

60    |   CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT 
To the Shareholders of Canadian Western Bank 

OPINION 

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Canadian Western Bank (the Entity), which comprise: 

•  the consolidated balance sheets as at October 31, 2023 and October 31, 2022 
•  the consolidated statements of income for the years then ended 
•  the consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the years then ended  
•  the consolidated statements of changes in equity for the years then ended  
•  the consolidated statements of cash flows for the years then ended  
•  and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies  

 (Hereinafter referred to as the “financial statements”). 

In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Entity as at October 31, 2023 and 
October 31, 2022, and its consolidated financial performance, and its consolidated cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards (IFRS) 
as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.     

BASIS FOR OPINION  

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  Canadian  generally  accepted  auditing  standards.  Our  responsibilities  under  those  standards  are  further  described  in  the 
“Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements” section of our auditor’s report.   

We are independent of the Entity in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in Canada and we have fulfilled our 
other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.  

KEY AUDIT MATTERS 

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements for the year ended October 31, 
2023. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate 
opinion on these matters. 

We have determined the matters described below to be the key audit matters to be communicated in our auditor’s report.  

ASSESSMENT OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES FOR PERFORMING LOANS 
Description of the matter 

We draw attention to Notes 2 and 6 to the financial statements. The Entity’s allowance for credit losses for performing loans (ACL) is $129,364 thousand as at October 31, 
2023. The Entity’s ACL is determined using an expected credit loss (ECL) approach that represents the discounted probability-weighted estimate of cash shortfalls expected 
to result from defaults over the relevant time horizon. ECL estimations are a function of the probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD) and exposure at default 
(EAD). 

In establishing the ACL, the Entity’s approach incorporates a number of underlying assumptions which involve a high degree of management judgment: 

•  Internal risk ratings attributable to a borrower reflecting the borrower’s credit quality, including any changes since the inception of the loan 
•  Thresholds used to determine when a borrower has experienced a significant increase in credit risk  
•  Forward-looking information, specifically related to variables to which the ECL models are calibrated, and construction of the scenarios and their weights 

Qualitative adjustments based on expert credit judgment are also incorporated to capture emerging market conditions. 

Why the matter is a key audit matter 

We identified the assessment of the ACL for performing loans as a key audit matter. Significant auditor judgment was required because of the significant management 
judgments described above in determining the ACL, which is subject to a high degree of measurement uncertainty. Significant auditor effort and specialized skills and 
knowledge were required to apply audit procedures and evaluate the results of those procedures. 

How the matter was addressed in the audit 

The following were the primary procedures we performed to address this key audit matter.  

We  evaluated  the  design  and  tested  the  operating  effectiveness  of  certain  controls  over  the  Entity’s  ACL  process  with  the  involvement  of  credit  risk  and  economics 
professionals with specialized skills and knowledge. This included controls related to: 

•  Monitoring and validation of models used to derive PD, LGD and EAD 
•  Monitoring and validation of the methodology for identifying whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk 
•  Assignment at origination and periodic assessment of internal risk ratings 
•  Monitoring and approval of forward-looking information including scenario weightings incorporated into ECL models 

We involved credit risk and economics professionals with specialized skills and knowledge who assisted in: 

CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |   61 

•  Assessing the models for the PD, EAD, and LGD inputs by evaluating the methodology for compliance with relevant accounting standards 
•  Assessing the methodology for identifying whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk for compliance with relevant accounting standards 
•  Checking the accuracy of a selection of model-generated results 
•  Assessing the Entity’s qualitative adjustments based on expert credit judgment by applying our knowledge of the industry and credit judgment to assess management’s 

judgments 

•  Assessing the Entity’s forward-looking information including scenario weightings incorporated into ECL models by comparing to external macroeconomic data 

For a selection of loans, we evaluated the Entity’s assigned internal risk rating against the Entity’s internal risk ratings scale. 

For a selection of loans, we tested the Entity’s assessment of whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk. 

OTHER INFORMATION 

Management is responsible for the other information. Other information comprises: 

•  the information included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis filed with the relevant Canadian Securities Commissions. 
•  the information, other than the financial statements and the auditor’s report thereon, included in a document likely to be entitled “2023 Annual Report”. 

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not and will not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.  

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information identified above and, in doing so, consider whether the other 
information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit and remain alert for indications that the other information 
appears to be materially misstated. 

We obtained the information included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis filed with the relevant Canadian Securities Commissions and the “2023 Annual Report” as 
at the date of this auditor’s report. If, based on the work we have performed on this other information, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other 
information, we are required to report that fact in the auditor’s report.   

We have nothing to report in this regard. 

RESPONSIBILITIES OF MANAGEMENT AND THOSE CHARGED WITH GOVERNANCE FOR THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in accordance with IFRS, and for such internal control as management 
determines is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Entity’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related 
to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Entity or  to cease operations, or has no realistic 
alternative but to do so. 

Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Entity‘s financial reporting process.  

62    |   CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report  

 
 
 
 
AUDITOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE AUDIT OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, 
and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion.  

Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards will 
always detect a material misstatement when it exists.  

Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial statements. 

As part of an audit in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout 
the audit.  

We also: 

•  Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to 

those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.  
The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional 
omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control. 

•  Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose 

of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Entity's internal control.  

•  Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management. 
•  Conclude  on  the  appropriateness  of  management's  use  of  the  going  concern  basis  of  accounting  and,  based  on  the  audit  evidence  obtained,  whether  a  material 
uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Entity's ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material 
uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, 
to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause 
the Entity to cease to continue as a going concern. 

•  Evaluate  the  overall  presentation,  structure  and  content  of  the  financial  statements,  including  the  disclosures,  and whether  the  financial  statements  represent  the 

underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation. 

•  Communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including 

any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.  

•  Provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and communicate with 

them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards. 

•  Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within the Group Entity to express an opinion on the 

financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion. 

•  Determine, from the matters communicated with those charged with governance, those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements 
of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure 
about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our auditor’s report because the adverse 
consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. 

KPMG LLP 
Chartered Professional Accountants 

The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this auditor’s report is Arnold Singh 

Edmonton, Canada 
December 7, 2023 

CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |   63 

 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
($ thousands)    

Assets 
Cash Resources 

Cash and non-interest bearing deposits with financial institutions 
Interest bearing deposits with financial institutions 
Cheques and other items in transit 

Securities 

Issued or guaranteed by Canada 
Issued or guaranteed by a province or municipality 
Other securities 

Securities Purchased Under Resale Agreements 

Loans 

Personal 
Business 

Allowance for credit losses 

Other 

Property and equipment 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets 
Derivatives 
Other assets 

Total Assets 

Liabilities and Equity 
Deposits 

Personal 
Business and government 

Other 

Cheques and other items in transit 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 
Derivatives 
Other liabilities 

Debt 

Debt related to securitization activities 
Subordinated debentures 

Equity 

Preferred shares 
Limited recourse capital notes 
Common shares 
Retained earnings 
Share-based payment reserve 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 

Total Equity 

Total Liabilities and Equity 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

Sarah Morgan-Silvester 
Chair of the Board 

Chris H. Fowler 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

64    |   CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report  

 (Notes 3 and 4)   

 $  

 (Note 4)   

 (Note 5)   
 (Note 6)   

As at 
October 31 

2023   

           As at 
October 31 
           2022 

 $  

 49,114  
 149,285    
 17,410    

  215,809   

 81,228  
 26,833  
 7,918  

 115,979  

 3,268,476    
 440,313    
 200,017    

  3,908,806   

134,662   

 3,910,821  
 448,947  
 159,027  

 4,518,795  

- 

 7,117,829    
 30,092,021    

 37,209,850    
 (172,563)  

 6,951,826  
 28,953,796  

 35,905,622  
 (161,818) 

  37,037,287   

 35,743,804  

   (Note 8)    
 (Note 9)   
 (Note 9)   
 (Notes 10 and 25)   
 (Note 11)   

 152,355    
 138,701    
 241,195    
 109,290    
 381,998    

 153,026  
 138,701  
 223,921  
 110,521  
 422,805 

1,023,539   

 1,048,974 

 $  

42,320,103 

 $  

41,427,552 

 (Note 12)   

 $  

 19,773,898  
 13,554,551    

 $  

 17,181,571  
 15,828,891 

33,328,449   

 33,010,462 

(Notes 5 and 7)   
 (Notes 10 and 25)   
 (Note 13)   

37,831   
  -   
 198,596    
 889,401    

 33,187  
 247,354  
 156,081  
 789,599  

1,125,828   

1,226,221   

 (Notes 7 and 14)   
 (Note 14)   

 3,315,721    
 523,438    

3,084,091 
 373,802  

3,839,159   

 3,457,893 

 (Note 15)   
 (Note 15)   
             (Note 15)   

 (Note 16)   

 250,000    
 325,000    
 1,007,983    
 2,515,719    
 28,918    
(100,953)  

   250,000  
 325,000  
 956,061  
 2,317,146  
 27,466  
   (142,697) 

4,026,667   

 3,732,976  

 $  

42,320,103 

 $  

41,427,552 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 
For the Years Ended October 31  
($ thousands, except per share amounts) 

Interest Income 

Loans 

Securities 

Deposits with financial institutions 

Interest Expense 

Deposits 

Debt 

Net Interest Income 

Non-interest Income 

Wealth management services  

Credit related 

Trust services 

Retail services 

Losses on securities, net 

Other 

Total Revenue 

Provision for Credit Losses 

Non-interest Expenses 

Salaries and employee benefits 

Premises and equipment 

Other expenses 

Net Income before Income Taxes 

Income Taxes 

Net Income 

Preferred share dividends and limited recourse capital note distributions 

Common Shareholders' Net Income 

Average number of common shares (in thousands) 

Average number of diluted common shares (in thousands) 

Earnings Per Common Share 

Basic 

Diluted 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

2023 

2022 

(Note 23)   

 $  

 2,281,621  

 $  

 1,523,026  

 72,906    

 10,945    

 37,043  

 1,836  

2,365,472   

 1,561,905  

 1,261,037    

 123,158    

1,384,195   

981,277   

 61,202    

 45,187    

 10,723    

 10,442    

 (52)  

 3,795    

131,297   

 546,136  

 75,793  

 621,929  

 939,976  

 61,928  

 40,449  

 9,991  

 10,264  

 (67) 

 13,746  

 136,311  

(Note 18)   

1,112,574   

1,076,287 

(Notes 4 and 6)   

26,641   

45,997 

(Notes 16 and 18)   

(Note 18)   

(Note 19)   

(Note 15)   

(Note 20)   

(Note 20)   

 390,164    

 121,727    

 99,392    

611,283   

 474,650    

 124,001    

 350,649    

 26,333    

 345,743  

 127,685  

 108,349  

 581,777  

 448,513  

 111,617  

 336,896  

 26,594  

 $  

324,316 

 $  

 310,302  

 96,054    

 96,061    

 $  

 3.38  

 $  

 3.38    

 91,431  

 91,490  

 3.39  

 3.39  

CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |   65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
For the Years Ended October 31  
($ thousands) 

Net Income 

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), net of tax 

Items that will be subsequently reclassified to net income 

Debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income  

Gains (losses) from change in fair value(1) 
Reclassification to net income, of (gains) losses in the year(2) 

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges 

Losses from change in fair value(3) 

Reclassification to net income, of (gains) losses in the year(4) 

Items that will not be subsequently reclassified to net income 

Unrealized losses on equity securities designated at fair value through other comprehensive income(5) 

Comprehensive Income 

(1)  Net of income tax of $21,458 (2022 – $27,855). 
(2)  Net of income tax of $116 (2022 – $6). 
(3)  Net of income tax of $18,412 (2022 – $11,969). 
(4)  Net of income tax of $10,510 (2022 – $5,045). 
(5)  Net of income tax of $365 (2022 – $39). 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

2023 

2022 

 $  

350,649 

 $       336,896 

(Note 10)   

65,694 

(209) 

65,485 

(89,817) 

8 

(89,809)  

(55,058)     

(38,852)    

32,303 

(22,755)   

(16,508) 

(55,360) 

(986)   

(167) 

41,744 

(145,336) 

 $  

392,393 

 $     

191,560 

66    |   CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 
For the Years Ended October 31  
($ thousands) 

Preferred Shares 
Balance at beginning and end of year 

Limited Recourse Capital Notes 
Balance at beginning and end of year 

Common Shares 
Balance at beginning of year 

Issued under at-the-market common equity distribution program 
Issued under dividend reinvestment plan 
Transferred from share-based payment reserve on the exercise or exchange of options 

Balance at end of year 

Retained Earnings 
Balance at beginning of year  

Net income 
Dividends and other distributions   - Preferred shares and limited recourse capital notes 

                                          - Common shares 

Issuance costs on at-the-market common equity distribution program 

Balance at end of year 

Share-based Payment Reserve 
Balance at beginning of year 

Amortization of fair value of options 
Transferred to common shares on the exercise or exchange of options 

Balance at end of year 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss  
Debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income 
Balance at beginning of year 

Other comprehensive income (loss) 

Balance at end of year 

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges 
Balance at beginning of year 
Other comprehensive loss 

Balance at end of year 

Equity securities designated at fair value through other comprehensive income 
Balance at beginning of year  
Other comprehensive loss  

Balance at end of year 

Total accumulated other comprehensive loss  

Total Equity 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

(Note 15) 

(Note 15) 

(Note 15) 

(Note 15) 
(Note 15) 
(Note 15) 

(Note 16) 

2023 

2022 

$ 

 250,000  

$ 

 250,000  

 325,000  

 325,000  

 956,061  
 44,998  
 6,492  
 432  

1,007,983 

 2,317,146  
 350,649  
 (26,333) 
 (124,998) 
(745) 

2,515,719 

 27,466  
 1,884  
 (432) 

28,918 

 (121,949) 
65,485 

(56,464) 

(21,672) 
 (22,755) 

(44,427) 

 924  
 (986) 

(62) 

(100,953) 

 809,435  
 141,098  
 5,005  
 523  

 956,061  

2,120,795 
336,896 
(26,594) 
(111,245) 
(2,706) 

2,317,146 

 26,016  
      1,973  
(523) 

  27,466  

     (32,140) 
 (89,809) 

 (121,949) 

 33,688  
 (55,360) 

     (21,672) 

   1,091  
 (167) 

 924  

   (142,697) 

 3,732,976  

$ 

4,026,667 

$ 

CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |   67 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
               
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Notes 8 and 9) 

(Notes 4 and 6) 

(Note 16) 

(Note 15) 

              2023 

          2022 

$ 

350,649 

$ 

336,896 

116,970 
  62,178 
38,708 
26,641 
(550) 
1,884 
52 

231,630 
317,987 
(1,323,065) 
(134,662) 
(247,354) 

(56,200) 

73,706 

(541,426) 

149,160 
44,253 
(144,839) 
(15,841) 

32,733 

(122,452) 
 (2,615,355) 
 284,891  
 3,013,124  
 (78,781) 

481,427 

(27,266) 
55,959 

28,693    $ 

$ 

 49,114  
 17,410  
 (37,831) 

28,693 

$ 

28,904  
 80,848 
16,967  
 45,997 
6,493 
1,973 
67 

442,248 
3,034,723 
 (3,029,428) 
30,048 
247,354 

(78,128) 

27,105 

1,192,067 

- 
138,392 
(132,834) 
(14,353) 

(8,795)  

(5,489) 
(3,263,551) 
 1,941,850  
 242,124  
(99,252) 

(1,184,318)  

 (1,046)  
57,005  

 55,959  

81,228 
7,918  
(33,187) 

55,959 

$ 

 2,359,639  
 1,237,215  
 104,571  

1,567,080   
551,698  
86,860  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
For the Years Ended October 31  
($ thousands) 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities 

Net income 
Adjustments to determine net cash flows: 

Accrued interest receivable and payable, net 
Depreciation and amortization 
Current income taxes receivable and payable, net 
Provision for credit losses 
Deferred income taxes, net 
Amortization of fair value of employee stock options 
Losses on securities, net 

Change in operating assets and liabilities 

Debt related to securitization activities, net 
Deposits, net 
Loans, net 
Securities purchased under resale agreements, net 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements, net 

Derivative collateral receivable and payable, net 

Other items, net 

Net Cash from (used in) Operating Activities 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities 

Debentures issued 
Common shares issued, net of issuance costs 
Dividends and limited recourse capital note distributions 
Repayment of lease liabilities 

Net Cash from (used in) Financing Activities 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities 

Interest bearing deposits with financial institutions, net 
Securities, purchased 
Securities, sales proceeds 
Securities, matured 
Property, equipment and intangible assets 

Net Cash from (used in) Investing Activities 

Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents 
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year * 

* Represented by: 

Cash and non-interest bearing deposits with financial institutions 
Cheques and other items in transit (included in Cash Resources) 
Cheques and other items in transit (included in Other Liabilities) 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year  

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information 

Interest and dividends received 
Interest paid 
Income taxes paid 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

68    |   CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
           
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the Years Ended October 31, 2023 and 2022  
($ thousands, except per share amounts) 

1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION 
A) REPORTING ENTITY 

Canadian Western Bank (CWB) is a publicly traded, federally regulated Canadian bank headquartered at Suite 3000, 10303 Jasper Avenue, Edmonton, Alberta. We are a full-
service financial institution in Canada with a strategic focus to meet the unique financial needs of businesses and their owners. We provide our clients with full-service 
business and personal banking, specialized financing, wealth management offerings, and trust services.  

The consolidated financial statements were authorized for issue by the Board of Directors on December 7, 2023. 

B) BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION 

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  assets,  liabilities  and  results  of  operations  of  CWB  and  all  of  its  subsidiaries,  after  the  elimination  of  intercompany 
transactions and balances. Subsidiaries are defined as entities whose operations are controlled by CWB and are corporations in which we are the beneficial owner. Non-
controlling interest in subsidiaries is presented on the consolidated balance sheets as a separate component of equity that is distinct from shareholders’ equity. The net 
income attributable to non-controlling interest in subsidiaries is presented separately in the consolidated income statements. See Note 28 for details of CWB’s significant 
subsidiaries. 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historic cost basis, except the revaluation of financial instruments classified as fair value through profit or 
loss, or as fair value through other comprehensive income.  

C) STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE 

These  consolidated  financial  statements  of  CWB  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  IFRS  Accounting  Standards  (IFRS)  as  issued  by  the  International  Accounting 
Standards Board (IASB). These consolidated financial statements also comply with subsection 308 (4) of the Bank Act and the accounting requirements of the Office of the 
Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada (OSFI).  

The significant accounting policies used in the preparation of these financial statements, including the accounting requirements of OSFI, are summarized below and in the 
following notes. 

D) USE OF ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities 
and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as at the date of the consolidated financial statements as well as the reported amount of revenues and expenses during 
the period. Key areas of estimation where we have made subjective judgments, often as a result of matters that are inherently uncertain, include those relating to the 
allowance for credit losses, fair value of financial instruments, impairment of goodwill and intangible assets, valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, impairment of 
financial instruments classified as fair value through other comprehensive income, and fair value of stock options. Therefore, actual results could differ from these estimates. 

E) SIGNIFICANT JUDGMENTS 

Information on critical judgments in applying accounting policies that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements 
relate to the allowance for credit losses and are described in Note 6. 

F) BUSINESS COMBINATIONS 

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured at the fair value of the consideration, including contingent 
consideration, given at the acquisition date. Contingent consideration is remeasured each period thereafter with the adjustment recorded to acquisition-related fair value 
changes in the consolidated statements of income. Acquisition-related costs are recognized as an expense in the income statement in the period in which they are incurred. 
The acquired identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are measured at their fair values at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is measured as the excess of the 
aggregate of the consideration transferred, including any amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree, over the net of the recognized amounts of the identifiable 
assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. 

We elect on a transaction-by-transaction basis whether to measure a non-controlling interest at its fair value or at its proportionate share of the recognized amount of the 
identifiable net assets, at the acquisition date. 

G) FUNCTIONAL AND FOREIGN CURRENCIES 

The  consolidated  financial statements are  presented  in  Canadian  dollars,  which  is  our  functional  currency.  Assets  and  liabilities  denominated  in  foreign  currencies are 
translated into Canadian dollars at rates prevailing at the balance sheet date. Revenue and expenses in foreign currencies are translated at the average exchange rates 
prevailing during the period. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on foreign currency positions are included in non-interest income. 

CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |   69 

 
 
H) PROVISIONS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES 

Management exercises judgment in determining whether a past event or transaction may result in the recognition of a provision or the disclosure of a contingent liability. 
Provisions are recognized in the consolidated financial statements when management determines that it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle 
the obligation and the amount can be reliably estimated, considering all relevant risks and uncertainties. Management as well as internal and external experts may be 
involved in estimating any amounts required. The actual costs of resolving these obligations may be significantly higher or lower than the recognized provision. 

I) ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

The accounting policies set out below have been applied consistently to all periods presented in these consolidated financial statements, except as noted. To facilitate a 
better  understanding  of  our  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  significant  accounting  policies  are  disclosed  in  the  notes,  where  applicable,  with  related  financial 
disclosures by major caption: 

Note 

Topic 

Note 

Topic 

2 
3 
4 
5 

6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 

Financial instruments 
Cash resources 
Securities 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements  
and purchased under resale agreements   
Loans, impaired loans and allowance for credit losses 
Financial assets transferred but not derecognized 
Property and equipment 
Goodwill and intangible assets 
Derivative financial instruments  
Other assets 
Deposits 
Other liabilities 
Debt 
Capital stock 

J) CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

IAS 12 Income Taxes 

16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 
24 
25 
26 
27 
28 
29 

Share-based payments 
Contingent liabilities and commitments 
Other income and other expenses 
Income taxes 
Earnings per common share 
Related party transactions 
Interest rate sensitivity 
Interest income 
Fair value of financial instruments 
Financial instruments - offsetting 
Risk management 
Capital management 
Subsidiaries 
Comparative figures 

In May 2021, the IASB issued Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction (Amendments to IAS 12 Income Taxes). The amendments narrow 
the scope of the initial recognition exemption so that it does not apply to transactions that give rise to equal and offsetting temporary differences. As a result, there is 
recognition of a deferred tax asset and a deferred tax liability for temporary differences arising on initial recognition of a lease and a decommissioning provision.  CWB 
adopted the amendments effective for our fiscal year beginning November 1, 2022 and there was no significant impact upon adoption. 

K) FUTURE ACCOUNTING CHANGES 

A number of standards and amendments have been issued by the IASB, and the following changes may have an impact on our future financial statements. 

IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts 

In May 2017, the IASB issued IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts which will replace IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts. In June 2020, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 17 aimed at 
helping companies implement the Standard and to defer the effective date. In December 2021, the IASB issued a narrow-scope amendment to the transition requirements 
in IFRS 17, providing insurers with an option aimed at improving the usefulness of information to investors on initial application of IFRS 17 by presenting comparative 
information about financial assets, using a classification overlay approach on a basis that is more consistent with how IFRS 9 will be applied in future reporting periods. 

This Standard introduces consistent accounting for all insurance contracts. The Standard requires a company to measure insurance contracts using updated estimates and 
assumptions that reflect the timing of cash flows and any uncertainty relating to insurance contracts. Additionally, IFRS 17 requires an entity to recognize profits as it delivers 
insurance services, rather than when it receives premiums. 

CWB will adopt the new Standard and its amendments for our fiscal year beginning November 1, 2023. We have assessed the Standard and amendments and determined 
there will be no significant impact upon adoption. 

2. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

Financial assets include cash resources, securities, securities purchased under resale agreements, loans, derivatives and certain other assets. Financial liabilities include 
deposits, cheques and other items in transit, securities sold under repurchase agreements, derivatives, debt and certain other liabilities. 

The use of financial instruments exposes CWB to credit, liquidity and market risk. A discussion of how these are managed can be found in the Risk Management section of 
the MD&A.  

CLASSIFICATION AND MEASURMENT OF FINANCIAL ASSETS 

Initial Recognition and Measurement  

Financial assets consist of both debt and equity instruments. Financial assets are initially recognized at fair value and subsequently measured at fair value through profit or 
loss (FVTPL), fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) or amortized cost.  

70    |   CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report  

 
 
Derivatives are measured at FVTPL, except to the extent that they are designated in a hedging relationship, in which case the IAS 39 hedge accounting requirements are 
applied as described in Note 10.  

Debt Instruments  

Debt instruments, including loans and debt securities, are initially measured at fair value and are subsequently classified and measured at FVTPL, FVOCI or amortized cost 
based on the contractual cash flow characteristics of the instrument and the business model under which the asset is held.  

The intent of the assessment of the contractual cash flow characteristics of an instrument is to determine if contractual payments to be received represent solely principal 
and interest (SPPI), consistent with a basic lending arrangement. Principal, for the purposes of the test, is defined as the fair value of the instrument at initial recognition 
and is subject to change over its life due to transactions such as repayments and amortization of related premiums or discounts. Interest represents consideration for the 
time value of money, credit risk, other basic lending risks and costs, such as liquidity risk and administrative costs, as well as a profit margin. Contractual terms that introduce 
risks or volatility that are unrelated to a basic lending arrangement do not represent cash flows that are SPPI and as a result, the related financial asset is classified and 
measured at FVTPL.  

For debt instruments that meet the requirements of the SPPI test, classification at initial recognition is determined based on the business model under which the assets are 
managed. Considerations include how performance of the debt instruments is evaluated, the risks that affect the performance of the business model, and how those risks 
are managed, and the manner in which management is compensated. Potential business models are as follows:  

  Held to collect: Objective is to collect contractual cash flows.  
  Held to collect and sell: Objective is to both collect contractual cash flows and sell the financial assets.  
  Held for sale or other business models: Encompasses all other business models. CWB does not currently hold assets within this category.  

The use of judgment is required in assessing both the contractual cash flow characteristics and the business model of debt instruments.  

Measured at Amortized Cost  

Debt instruments measured at amortized cost are managed under a ‘held to collect’ business model and have contractual cash flows that satisfy the requirements of the 
SPPI test. These financial assets are initially measured at fair value, net of transaction costs, and are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest 
rate method, net of allowance for credit losses estimated based on the expected credit loss (ECL) approach. 

Measured at Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income  

Debt instruments measured at FVOCI, which are managed under a ‘held to collect and sell’ business model and have contractual cash flows that represent SPPI, are initially 
recorded  at  fair  value,  net  of  transaction  costs.  Subsequent  to  initial  recognition,  unrealized  gains  and  losses  related  to  the  debt  instruments  are  recorded  in  other 
comprehensive income (OCI), net of tax. Impairment losses and recoveries, estimated using an ECL approach, are recognized in the consolidated statements of income and 
correspondingly reduce the accumulated changes in fair value recorded in OCI. Gains and losses realized on disposal of debt instruments classified at FVOCI are included in 
the consolidated statements of income. 

Equity Instruments  

Equity  instruments  are  classified  and  measured  at  FVTPL  unless  an  irrevocable  election  is  made  to  designate  non-trading  instruments  at  FVOCI  at  the  time  of  initial 
recognition. If the election is applied, unrealized gains and losses are recorded in OCI, net of tax, and are not subsequently reclassified to the consolidated statements of 
income. When realized, gains and losses that arise upon derecognition are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) to retained earnings. Equity 
securities are not subject to an impairment assessment. 

IMPAIRMENT 
Expected Credit Loss Approach  

The ECL approach categorizes financial assets into three stages based on changes in credit risk since initial recognition of the asset. A financial asset can move between 
stages depending on improvement or deterioration of credit risk.  

Performing Assets  

•  Stage  1:  From  initial  recognition  until  the  date  on  which  the  financial  asset  experiences  a significant  increase  in  credit  risk  (SICR),  the  allowance  for credit  losses  is 

measured based on ECL from defaults occurring in the 12 months following the reporting date. 

•  Stage 2: A financial asset migrates to Stage 2 when it experiences a SICR subsequent to initial recognition and the allowance for credit losses is measured based on ECL 

from defaults occurring over the remaining life of the asset.  

Impaired Assets  

•  Stage 3: When a financial asset is identified as credit-impaired, it migrates to Stage 3 and an allowance for credit losses equal to full lifetime ECL is recognized. Interest 

income is recognized on the carrying amount of the asset, net of the allowance for credit losses.  

ECL  represents  the  discounted  probability-weighted  estimate  of cash shortfalls  expected to  result  from  defaults  over  the  relevant  time  horizon. ECL  estimations  are a 
function of the probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD) and exposure at default (EAD). PD, which represents the estimate of the likelihood of default, considers 
past events, current market conditions and forward-looking information over the relevant time horizon. LGD represents an estimate of loss arising from default based on 
the difference between the contractual cash flows due and those that CWB expects to receive, including consideration for the amount and quality of collateral held. EAD 
represents an estimate of the exposure at a future default date, taking into account estimated future repayments of principal and draws on committed facilities.  

For most financial assets, ECL is estimated on an individual basis. Financial assets for which an allowance for credit losses is estimated on a collective basis are grouped based 
on similar credit risk characteristics.  

CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |   71 

 
Forward-looking Information  

The estimation of ECL and the assessment of SICR consider information about past events and current conditions as well as reasonable and supportable projections of future 
events and economic conditions. The estimation and application of forward-looking information requires significant judgment.  

With consideration of several external sources of information, we formulate a base case view of the future relevant macroeconomic variables, which is updated quarterly. 
The  base  case  scenario  represents  the  best  estimate  of  forecast  macroeconomic  variables.  Additionally,  we  construct  an  upside  and  a  downside  scenario,  based  on 
reasonably possible scenarios.  We weight each scenario based on our view of the forward-looking conditions which will change over time. 

Additional information regarding the incorporation of forward-looking information and the related judgment and estimation involved in the process is described in Note 6.  

Assessment of Significant Increases in Credit Risk  

At each reporting date, we assess whether a financial asset has experienced a SICR since initial recognition by comparing the risk of a default occurring over the asset’s 
remaining expected life at the reporting date and the date of initial recognition.  

The assessment of changes in credit risk is performed at least quarterly, generally at the instrument level. Significant judgment is also required in the application of SICR 
thresholds.  The  thresholds  used  to  define  SICR  are  not  expected  to  change  frequently,  and  will  be  reassessed  as  needed  based  on  significant  changes  in  credit  risk 
management practices.  

Refer to Note 6 for additional information regarding the assessment of SICR. 

Expected Life  

When measuring ECL, we consider the maximum contractual period over which an exposure to credit risk exists. For most instruments, the expected life is limited to the 
remaining contractual life, including prepayment and extension options. For certain revolving credit facilities, the expected life is estimated based on the period over which 
we are exposed to credit risk and how credit losses are mitigated by management actions.  

Modified Financial Assets  

The original terms of a financial asset may be renegotiated or otherwise modified, resulting in an impact to contractual cash flows. In particular, in an effort to minimize our 
realized losses, modifications may be granted in situations where a borrower experiences financial difficulty. Modifications may include payment deferrals, extension of 
amortization periods, interest rate reductions, principal forgiveness, debt consolidation or forbearance. If it is determined that the modification results in expiry of cash 
flows, the original asset is derecognized and a new asset is recognized based on the new contractual terms.  

Where a modification does not result in derecognition, the gross carrying amount of the financial asset is recalculated as the present value of the renegotiated or modified 
contractual cash flows, discounted at the original effective interest rate, and a gain or loss is recognized immediately in the consolidated statements of income. The financial 
asset continues to be subject to the same assessment for SICR relative to initial recognition. Expected cash flows arising from the modified contractual terms are considered 
when estimating ECL for the modified asset. Financial assets that are modified while having an allowance for credit losses equal to lifetime ECL may revert to having to an 
allowance for credit losses equal to 12-month ECL after a period of performance and improvement in the borrower’s financial condition.  

Definition of Default  

The definition of default used in the estimation of ECL is consistent with the definition of default used for internal credit risk management purposes. Loans are determined 
to be in default and classified as impaired when payments are contractually past due 90 days or more, when we have commenced realization proceedings, or when we are 
of the opinion that the loan should be regarded as impaired based on objective evidence. Objective evidence that a loan is impaired may include significant financial difficulty 
of a borrower, default or delinquency of a borrower, breach of loan covenants or conditions, or indications that a borrower will enter bankruptcy.  

Financial assets are reviewed on an ongoing basis to assess whether any should be classified as impaired. Loans that have become impaired are monitored closely by a 
specialized team with regular reviews of each loan and its realization plan. Impaired loans are returned to performing status when the timely collection of both principal 
and interest is reasonably assured and all delinquent principal and interest payments are brought current.  

Write-offs  

Financial assets are written off, either partially or in full, against the related allowance for credit losses when we conclude that there is no realistic prospect of future recovery 
in respect of those amounts. When financial assets are secured, this is generally after all collateral has been realized or transferred to us, or in certain circumstances, when 
the net realizable value of any collateral and other available information suggests that there is no reasonable expectation of further recovery. In subsequent periods, any 
recoveries of amounts previously written off are recorded as a reduction to the provision for credit losses in the consolidated statements of income. 

3. CASH RESOURCES 

Cash resources include highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of change in value. Cheques and other items in 
transit included in cash resources are recorded at amortized cost.  

Interest bearing deposits with financial institutions included in cash resources are classified and measured at FVOCI as the requirements of the SPPI test are satisfied and 
the deposits are managed under a ‘hold to collect and sell’ business model. Changes in fair value are reported in other comprehensive income, net of tax. 

At October 31, 2023, $46,929 (October 31, 2022 – $27,378) of cash was restricted from use in relation to the securitization of equipment financing leases and loans. 

72    |   CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report  

 
 
4. SECURITIES 

Debt securities measured at FVOCI have contractual cash flows that satisfy the requirements of the SPPI test and are purchased with the objective of collecting contractual 
cash flows and selling the assets in response to, or in anticipation of, changes in interest rate, credit or foreign currency risk, funding sources, terms or to meet liquidity 
requirements. 

Debt securities measured at FVOCI are initially recorded at fair value, net of transaction costs. They are subsequently measured at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses 
recorded in OCI, net of tax, until the security is sold. Gains and losses realized upon sale of the securities are recorded in gains (losses) on securities, net in the consolidated 
statements of income. Interest income earned is recorded using the effective interest method. 

Debt securities measured at FVTPL are purchased with the objective of collecting contractual cash flows, however, the cash flows for these securities do not satisfy the 
requirements of the SPPI test. Gains and losses realized upon sale of the securities are recorded in gains (losses) on securities, net in the consolidated statements of income. 
Interest income earned is recorded using the effective interest method. 

Equity securities are equity instruments held for long-term investment purposes. We have made the election to measure equity securities at FVOCI. Unrealized gains and 
losses are recorded in OCI, net of tax, and are subsequently transferred directly to retained earnings. 

The analysis of securities at carrying value, by type and maturity or reprice date, follows: 

Maturity/Reprice 

Within 
 1 Year 

1 to 
3 Years 

3 
to 
5 Years 

Greater  
than 5 
 Years 

No Specific 
Maturity 

As at 
October 31 
2023 

As at 
October 31  
2022 

Measured at FVOCI 
Interest bearing deposits with financial institutions(1) 
Debt securities issued or guaranteed by  

 Canada 
 A province or municipality 

Other debt securities issued by United States Treasury 
Other debt securities  
Measured at FVTPL 
Other debt securities(2) 
Designated at FVOCI 
Other equity securities 

$ 

149,285  $  

-   $  

-   $  

-  $ 

-  $ 

149,285  $ 

26,833  

  1,844,492  
 424,577  
 102,201  
 55,388  

 1,054,200  
 15,736  
 27,527  
 -  

 217,125  
 -  
 -  
 -  

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

 152,659  
 -  
 -  
 -  

14,901 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

   3,268,476  
 440,313  
 129,728  
 55,388  

  3,910,821  
448,947 
148,722 
- 

14,901 

- 

- 

10,305 

Total 

$ 

2,575,943  $  1,097,463  $ 

217,125  $ 

167,560  $ 

-  $  4,058,091  $ 

 4,545,628 

Included in cash resources on the consolidated balance sheets. 

(1) 
(2)  Gains (losses) are recorded in other non-interest income in the consolidated statements of consolidated income. 

CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |   73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNREALIZED GAINS AND LOSSES 

Unrealized gains and losses related to debt securities and cash resources measured at FVOCI and FVTPL, and equity securities designated at FVOCI are as follows: 

Measured at FVOCI 
Interest bearing deposits with financial institutions(1) 
Debt securities issued or guaranteed by 

Canada 
A province or municipality 

Other debt securities issued by United States Treasury  
Other debt securities  
Measured at FVTPL 
Other debt securities 

Total 

Measured at FVOCI 
Interest bearing deposits with financial institutions(1) 
Debt securities issued or guaranteed by  

Canada 
A province or municipality 

Other debt securities issued by United States Treasury  
Designated at FVOCI 
Other equity securities 

Total 

As at October 31, 2023 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Amortized 
Cost(2) 

Fair 
 Value 

 $  

149,292 

$ 

2 

$ 

9 

$ 

149,285 

 3,333,770  
 444,545  
 134,434  
 55,305  

 1,718  
 71  
 -  
 85  

67,012 
4,303 
4,706 
2 

 3,268,476  
 440,313  
129,728 
55,388 

12,494 

2,569  

162 

14,901 

 $  

4,129,840 

$ 

4,445 

$ 

76,194 

$ 

4,058,091 

As at October 31, 2022 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Amortized 
Cost(2) 

Fair 
 Value 

 $  

26,833 

$ 

- 

$ 

- 

$ 

26,833 

4,047,037 
465,377 
157,393 

8,972 

 $  

4,705,612 

$ 

414 
67 
- 

1,617 

2,098 

136,630 
16,497 
8,671 

3,910,821 
448,947 
148,722 

284 

10,305 

$ 

162,082 

$ 

4,545,628 

Included in cash resources on the consolidated balance sheets. 

(1) 
(2)  The amortized cost of debt securities and cash resources measured at FVOCI is net of an allowance for credit losses of $120 (October 31, 2022 – $498).  

IMPAIRMENT 

Impairment losses and recoveries on debt securities measured at FVOCI, estimated using an ECL approach, are recognized in the provision for credit losses in the consolidated 
statements of income and correspondingly reduce the accumulated changes in fair value recorded in OCI.  

During  the year  ended  October 31,  2023, reversals  of  the  provision  for  credit  losses  of  $378  (October 31,  2022  – reversals  of  $38) were  recorded  in  the consolidated 
statements of income related to a change in the estimated allowance for credit losses on performing debt securities measured at FVOCI, all of which were in Stage 1 as at 
October 31, 2023 and 2022. 

5. SECURITIES SOLD UNDER REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS AND PURCHASED UNDER RESALE AGREEMENTS 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements represent the sale of government issued securities by CWB effected with a simultaneous agreement to purchase them back at 
a specified price on a future  date, which is generally short term. The difference between the proceeds of the sale and the predetermined cost to be paid  on a resale 
agreement is recorded as deposit interest expense. 

Securities purchased under resale agreements represent the purchase of government issued securities by CWB effected with a simultaneous agreement to sell them back 
at a specified price on a future date, which is generally short term. The difference between the cost of the purchase and the predetermined proceeds to be received on a 
resale agreement is recorded as securities interest income. 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements and purchased under resale agreements are classified and measured at amortized cost in the consolidated balance sheets.  

74    |   CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6. LOANS, IMPAIRED LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES 
LOANS AT AMORTIZED COST 

Loans, including leases, which are measured at amortized cost and stated net of unearned income, unamortized premiums or discounts and allowance for credit losses, are 
originated or purchased with the objective of collecting contractual cash flows and generating cash flows that satisfy the requirements of the SPPI test. Loan fees integral 
to the yield, net of transaction costs, are amortized to interest income using the effective interest method. 

The composition of our loan portfolio by geographic region and industry sector follows: 

($ millions) 

Personal(1) 

Business 
General commercial loans 
Commercial mortgages 
Equipment financing and leasing(2) 
Real estate project loans 
Oil and gas production loans 

Total(3) 

Composition Percentage 
October 31, 2023 
October 31, 2022 

BC 

AB 

ON 

SK            

QC 

MB 

  Other 

Total 

Composition 
Percentage 

Oct. 31 
2023 

Oct. 31 
2022 

$ 

1,627  $ 

1,943 

$ 

2,955  $ 

276   $ 

-   $ 

157   $ 

160   $ 

7,118 

19 %  

19 %  

4,024 
3,695 
903 
1,605 
72 

  10,299 

4,029 
2,468 
1,517 
756 
413 

9,183 

4,007 
526 
1,366 
577   
- 

6,476 

514 
224 
467 
27    
-  

429 
60 
794 
66 
-  

1,232 

  1,349 

419 
133   
282 
67 
-  

901 

$  11,926  $  11,126  $ 

9,431  $ 

1,508  $  1,349  $ 

1,058  $ 

259 
-  
393   
-  
- 

652 

812 

  13,681 
7,106 
5,722 
3,098 
485 

  30,092 

37  
19  
16  
8  
1  

81  

35  
21  
15  
9  
1  

81  

$  37,210 

100 % 

100 % 

32 % 
33 % 

30 % 
31 % 

25 % 
24 % 

4 % 
 4 % 

4 % 
 3 % 

3 % 
3 % 

2 % 
2 % 

100 %  
100 %  

Includes mortgages securitized through the National Housing Act Mortgage Backed Securities program reported on-balance sheet of $1,350 (October 31, 2022 – $1,386) (see Note 6). 
Includes securitized leases and loans reported on-balance sheet of $2,219 (October 31, 2022 – $2,125) (see Note 7). 

(1) 
(2) 
(3)  This table does not include an allocation of the allowance for credit losses. 

CREDIT QUALITY 

Internal Risk Ratings 

Within our loan portfolios, borrowers are assigned a borrower risk rating (BRR) that reflects the credit quality of the obligor using industry and sector-specific risk models 
and expert credit judgment. BRRs are assessed and assigned at the time of loan origination and reviewed at least  annually. More frequent reviews are conducted for 
borrowers with weaker risk ratings, borrowers that trigger a review based on adverse changes in financial performance and borrowers requiring or requesting changes to 
credit facilities. Each BRR has a PD calibrated against it, which is estimated based on our historical loss experience for each risk segment or risk rating level, adjusted for 
forward-looking information. Our BRR scale broadly aligns to external ratings as follows:  

Description 

Investment grade or low risk 
Non-investment grade or medium risk 
Watchlist or high risk 
Impaired 

CWB Rating Category 

Standard & Poor’s 

Moody’s Investor Services 

1 to 6M 
6L to 8L 
9H to 10L 
11 to 12 

AAA to BBB- 
BB+ to CCC+ 
CCC and below 
Default 

Aaa to Baa3 
Ba1 to Caa1 
Caa2 and below 
Default 

CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |   75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Carrying Value of Exposures by Risk Rating 

Gross carrying amounts of loans and the contractual amounts of committed but undrawn credit exposures and letters of credit, categorized based on internal risk ratings, 
are as follows: 

Loans – Personal  
Low risk 
Medium risk 
Watchlist or high risk 
Impaired 

Total 
Allowance for credit losses 

Total, net of allowance for credit losses 

Loans – Business 
Investment grade or low risk 
Non-investment grade or medium risk 
Watchlist or high risk 
Impaired 

Total 
Allowance for credit losses 

Total, net of allowance for credit losses 

Total loans 
Allowance for credit losses 

As at October 31, 2023 

Performing 

Stage 1 

Stage 2 

Impaired 
Stage 3 

$ 

$ 

3,936,718  
2,481,695  
-  
-  

6,418,413  
(1,463) 

6,416,950  

$ 

227,367  
205,827  
245,456  
-  

678,650  
(2,103) 

676,547  

9,654,222  
16,094,997  
-    
-    

25,749,219  
(64,502) 

25,684,717  

32,167,632  
(65,965) 

674,160  
2,130,931  
1,292,501  
-    

4,097,592  
(61,296) 

4,036,296  

4,776,242  
(63,399) 

$ 

-  
-  
-  
20,766 

 20,766  
 (42) 

20,724  

-  
-  
-  
245,210 

 245,210  
(43,157) 

202,053  

265,976  
(43,199) 

Total 

4,164,085  
2,687,522  
245,456  
20,766  

7,117,829  
(3,608) 

7,114,221  

10,328,382  
18,225,928  
1,292,501  
245,210  

30,092,021  
(168,955) 

29,923,066  

37,209,850  
(172,563) 

Total Loans, Net of Allowance for Credit Losses 

$ 

32,101,667  

$ 

4,712,843 

$ 

222,777  

$ 

37,037,287  

Committed but Undrawn Credit Exposures and Letters of Credit 
Investment grade or low risk 
Non-investment grade or medium risk 
Watchlist or high risk 

Total 
Allowance for credit losses 

Total, Net of Allowance for Credit Losses 

$ 

$ 

4,595,928  
6,816,600  
-    

11,412,528  
(1,899) 

$ 

206,234  
518,697  
189,729  

914,660  
(850) 

$ 

11,410,629  

$ 

913,810  

$ 

-  
-  
-  

-  
-  

-  

$ 

4,802,162  
7,335,297  
189,729  

12,327,188  
(2,749) 

$ 

12,324,439  

76    |   CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans – Personal  
Low risk 
Medium risk 
Watchlist or high risk 
Impaired 

Total 
Allowance for credit losses 

Total, net of allowance for credit losses 

Loans – Business 
Investment grade or low risk 
Non-investment grade or medium risk 
Watchlist or high risk 
Impaired 

Total 
Allowance for credit losses 

Total, net of allowance for credit losses 

Total loans 
Allowance for credit losses 

As at October 31, 2022 

Performing 

Stage 1 

Stage 2 

$ 

$ 

4,100,671  
2,154,159  
-  
-  

6,254,830  
(1,043) 

6,253,787  

$ 

67,113  
392,303  
225,098  
-  

684,514  
(2,749) 

681,765  

2,976,113  
19,218,875  

-     
-    

22,194,988  
(48,736) 

22,146,252  

28,449,818  
(49,779) 

525,305  
5,409,412  
669,900  
-    

6,604,617  
(62,599) 

6,542,018  

7,289,131  
(65,348) 

$ 

Impaired 
Stage 3 

-  
-  
-  
12,482 

 12,482  
 (140) 

12,342  

-  
-  
-  
154,191  

 154,191  
(46,551) 

107,640  

166,673  
(46,691) 

Total 

4,167,784  
2,546,462  
225,098  
12,482  

6,951,826  
(3,932) 

6,947,894  

3,501,418  
24,628,287  
669,900  
154,191  

28,953,796  
(157,886) 

28,795,910  

35,905,622  
(161,818) 

Total Loans, Net of Allowance for Credit Losses 

$ 

28,400,039  

$ 

7,223,783 

$ 

119,982  

$ 

35,743,804  

Committed but Undrawn Credit Exposures and Letters of Credit 
Investment grade or low risk 
Non-investment grade or medium risk 
Watchlist or high risk 

Total 
Allowance for credit losses 

Total, Net of Allowance for Credit Losses 

$ 

$ 

2,065,808  
3,009,255  
-    

5,075,063  
(1,507) 

$ 

97,635  
2,447,483  
27,284  

2,572,402  
(3,803) 

$ 

5,073,556  

$ 

2,568,599  

$ 

-  
-  
-  

-  
-  

-  

$ 

2,163,443  
5,456,738  
27,284  

7,647,465  
(5,310) 

$ 

7,642,155  

CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |   77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired and Past Due Loans 

Outstanding gross loans and impaired loans, net of allowance for credit losses, by loan type, are as follows: 

As at October 31, 2023 

Gross 
Impaired 
Amount(1) 

Stage 3 
Allowance 

Gross 
Amount 

As at October 31, 2022 

Net 
Impaired 
Loans 

Gross 
Amount 

Gross 
Impaired 
Amount(1) 

Stage 3 
Allowance 

Net 
Impaired 
Loans 

Personal 

$ 

7,117,829  $ 

20,766  $ 

42  $ 

20,724  $ 

6,951,826  $ 

12,482  $ 

140  $ 

12,342 

Business 
General commercial loans 
Commercial mortgages(2) 
Equipment financing and leasing 
Real estate project loans 
Oil and gas production loans 

  13,681,133 
7,105,877 
5,722,326 
3,098,229 
484,456 
  30,092,021 

91,530 
103,743 
39,976 
9,961 
- 
245,210 

19,070 
17,458 
6,584 
45 
- 
43,157 

72,460 
86,285 
33,392 
9,916 
- 
202,053 

  12,430,457 
7,446,273 
5,546,163 
3,199,515 
331,388 
  28,953,796 

82,879 
36,435 
22,965 
11,912 
- 
154,191 

32,469 
6,734 
6,788 
560 
- 
46,551 

50,410 
29,701 
16,177 
11,352 
- 
107,640 

Total 

$  37,209,850  $ 

265,976  $ 

43,199  $ 

222,777  $  35,905,622  $ 

166,673  $ 

46,691  $ 

119,982 

(1)  Gross impaired loans include foreclosed assets with a carrying value of $2,712 (October 31, 2022 – $2,010). We pursue timely realization on foreclosed assets and do not use the assets for our own operations. 
(2)  Multi-family residential mortgages are included in commercial mortgages. 

Outstanding impaired loans, net of allowance for credit losses, by provincial location of security are as follows: 

Alberta 
British Columbia 
Ontario 
Saskatchewan 
Quebec 
Manitoba 
Other 

Total 

As at October 31, 2023 

As at October 31, 2022 

$ 

Gross 
Impaired 
Amount 

130,141  $ 
59,099 
44,904 
16,939 
2,277 
6,684 
5,932 

Stage 3  
Allowance 

Net 
Impaired 
Loans 

Gross 
Impaired 
Amount 

Stage 3 
Allowance 

22,680  $ 
8,665 
5,855 
4,516 
229 
655 
599 

107,461  $ 
50,434 
39,049 
12,423 
2,048 
6,029 
5,333 

75,398  $ 
21,029 
51,369 
4,757 
4,628 
1,632 
7,860 

20,980  $ 
699 
22,192 
1,165 
757 
308 
590 

Net 
Impaired 
Loans 

54,418 
20,330 
29,177 
3,592 
3,871 
1,324 
7,270 

$ 

265,976  $ 

43,199  $ 

222,777  $ 

166,673  $ 

46,691  $ 

119,982 

Loans are considered past due when a customer has not made a payment by the contractual due date. The following table presents the carrying value of loans that are 
contractually past due but not classified as impaired: 

As at October 31, 2023 

Personal 
Business 

Total 

As at October 31, 2022 

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES 

1 - 30 
 days 

31 - 60  
days 

61 - 90 
days 

  $ 

 114,397   $ 
 116,991  

 57,326   $ 
 58,998  

4,059  $ 

26,129 

Total 

175,782 
202,118 

  $ 

 231,388   $ 

 116,324   $ 

30,188  $ 

377,900 

  $ 

174,127  $ 

77,308  $ 

46,997  $ 

298,432 

Allowance for credit losses related to performing loans is estimated using an ECL approach that incorporates a number of underlying assumptions which involve a high 
degree  of  management  judgment  and  can  have  a  significant  impact  on  financial  results.  The  allowance  for  credit  losses  is  our  most  significant  accounting  estimate. 
Significant key drivers impacting the estimation of ECL, which are interrelated, include: 

•  Internal risk ratings attributable to a borrower reflecting the borrower’s credit quality, including any changes since the inception of the loan; 
•  Estimated realizable amount of future cash flows on Stage 3 loans; 
•  Thresholds used to determine when a borrower has experienced a SICR; and, 
•  Forward-looking information, specifically related to variables to which the ECL models are calibrated, and our construction of the scenarios and their weights. 

The inputs and models used for estimating ECL may not always capture all emerging market conditions at the reporting date and as such, qualitative adjustments based on 
expert credit judgment that consider reasonable and supportable information may be incorporated. 

78    |   CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assessment of Significant Increases in Credit Risk 

The determination of whether a loan has experienced a SICR has a significant impact on the estimation of allowance for credit losses as 12-month ECL is recorded for loans 
in  Stage  1  and  lifetime  ECL  is  recorded  for  loans  that  have  migrated  to  Stage  2.  Movement  between  Stages  1  and  2  is  impacted  by  changes  in  borrower-specific  risk 
characteristics, which take into account applicable forward-looking information. The main factors considered in assessing whether a loan has experienced a SICR are relative 
changes in internal risk ratings since initial recognition incorporating forward-looking information, and certain other criteria such as 30 days past due or migration to watchlist 
status.  

Forecasting Forward-looking Information 

Forward-looking information is incorporated into both the assessment of whether a loan has experienced a SICR since its initial recognition and the estimation of ECL. The 
models used to estimate ECL consider macroeconomic factors that are most closely correlated with credit risk in the relevant portfolios and are calibrated to consider our 
geographic diversification. 

The three forward-looking macroeconomic scenarios described below reflect information and facts available to us as at October 31, 2023.  The base scenario reflects our 
best estimate, and the upside and downside scenarios are reasonably possible scenarios that are more optimistic or pessimistic. The base scenario reflects relatively stable 
economic conditions with slow but positive GDP growth, a minor drop in house prices, and interest rates holding relatively steady. The downside scenario reflects the risk 
of a contraction to the economy with negative GDP growth and a more significant drop in new house prices.  The upside scenario reflects a stronger economy with steady 
GDP growth, a small increase in new house prices. 

The primary macroeconomic variables, for the next year and the remaining forecast period thereafter, used to estimate ECL are as follows: 

Macroeconomic Variable 
GDP growth, year over year 

Unemployment rate 

Three-month treasury bill rate 

New Housing Price Index, year over year 

5 Year fixed mortgage interest rate 

Oil Exports, year over year 

Downside 

Upside 

Base 

October 31 
2024 

Remaining  
Forecast 
Period  

October 31 
2024 

Remaining  
Forecast  
Period 

October 31 

2024   

(3)  % 

1  % 

2  % 

2  % 

7 

2.98 

(3) 

5 

(7) 

7 

1.69 

2 

5 

7 

6 

5.50 

2 

7 

39 

6 

3.24 

2 

6 

14 

1  % 

6 

4.20   

- 

6 

14 

Remaining  
Forecast  
Period   

2  % 

7 

2.79 

2 

5 

11 

The  primary  macroeconomic  variables  impacting ECL  for  personal  loan  portfolios  are  GDP,  New  Housing Price  Index,  and  residential  mortgage  interest  rates.  Business 
portfolios are impacted by all of the variables in the table above, to varying degrees. Increases in unemployment rates and interest rates will generally correlate with higher 
ECL while increases in annual gross domestic product (GDP) growth, oil exports, and New Housing Price Index will generally result in lower ECL. 

We weight each scenario based on our view of the probability of each scenario, and the impact of weighting these scenarios increased our ECL on performing loans by $8 
million relative to the base scenario, at October 31, 2023.  

Stage 3 Allowance for Credit Losses 

For impaired loans in Stage 3, the allowance for credit losses is measured for each loan as the difference between the carrying value of the loan at the time it is classified as 
impaired and the present value of the cash flows we expect to receive, using the original effective interest rate of the loan. When the amounts and timing of future cash 
flows cannot be reliably estimated, either the fair value of the security underlying the loan, net of any expected realization costs, or the current market price for the loan 
may be used to measure the estimated realizable amount. Security can vary by type of loan and may include real property, working capital, guarantees, or other equipment.  

CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |   79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation 

A reconciliation of changes in the allowance for credit losses related to loans, committed but undrawn credit exposures and letters of credit follows: 

Personal  
Balance at beginning of year 
Transfers to (from) (1) 

Stage 1 
Stage 2 
Stage 3 

Net remeasurement(2) 
New originations 
Derecognitions and maturities 

Provision for (reversal of) credit losses(3) 
Write-offs 
Recoveries 

Balance at end of year 

Business 
Balance at beginning of year 
Transfers to (from) (1) 

Stage 1 
Stage 2 
Stage 3 

Net remeasurement(2) 
New originations 
Derecognitions and maturities 

Provision for (reversal of) credit losses(3) 
Write-offs 
Recoveries 

Balance at end of year 

Total Allowance for Credit Losses(4) 

Represented by: 

Loans 
Committed but undrawn credit exposures and letters of credit(5) 

Total Allowance for Credit Losses(4) 

As at October 31, 2023 

Performing 

Stage 1 

Stage 2 

Impaired 

Stage 3 

Total 

$ 

1,047   $ 

 2,778   $ 

140  

$ 

3,965  

290 
(613)   
 (1) 
(838) 
1,771                
(164) 

 445 
-  
-  

1,492 

 (290)   
613 
(84) 
(337)  
-  
(540) 

(638) 
-  
-  

2,140 

-  
-                 

85 
486 
-  
(27) 

544  
 (796) 
154  

42  

-  
-  
-  
(689)  
1,771 
(731) 

351  
 (796) 
154  

3,674  

$ 

50,239   $ 

66,373   $ 

46,551  

$ 

163,163  

24,530  
(17,883) 
(150) 
(42,546) 
73,978  
(21,796) 

16,133 
-  
-  

66,372 

 (24,530) 
17,883  
(4,467) 
20,927 
-  
(14,077) 

(4,264) 
-  
-  

62,109     

-  
- 
4,617  
15,848  
-  
 (5,666) 

14,799 
 (36,254) 
18,061  

43,157  

$ 

$ 

$ 

 67,864   $ 

64,249   $ 

43,199  

$ 

65,965   $ 

1,899  

67,864   $ 

63,399   $ 
850  

64,249   $ 

43,199  
-  

$ 

43,199  

$ 

-  
-  
-  
 (5,771)  
73,978  
 (41,539) 

26,668 
 (36,254) 
18,061  

171,638  

175,312  

172,563  
2,749  

175,312  

(1)  Represents stage movements prior to remeasurement of the allowance for credit losses.  
(2)  Represents credit risk changes as a result of significant increases in credit risk, changes in credit risk that did not result in a transfer between stages, changes in model inputs and assumptions, including changes in forward-looking 

macroeconomic forecasts and qualitative adjustments, and changes due to partial repayment. 
Included in the provision for credit losses in the consolidated statements of income. 

(3) 
(4)  Allowance for credit losses related to debt securities measured at FVOCI, cash resources and other financial assets classified at amortized cost were excluded from the table above. See Note 4 for details related to the allowance 

for credit losses on debt securities measured at FVOCI. Cash resources and other financial assets classified at amortized cost are presented in the consolidated balance sheets, net of allowance for credit losses. 
Included in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. 

(5) 

80    |   CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Personal  

Balance at beginning of year 

Transfers to (from) (1) 

Stage 1 

Stage 2 

Stage 3 

Net remeasurement(2) 

New originations 

Derecognitions and maturities 

Provision for credit losses(3) 

Write-offs 

Recoveries 

Balance at end of year 

Business 

Balance at beginning of year 

Transfers to (from) (1) 

Stage 1 

Stage 2 

Stage 3 

Net remeasurement(2) 

New originations 

Derecognitions and maturities 

Provision for (reversal of) credit losses(3) 

Write-offs 

Recoveries 

Balance at end of year 

Total Allowance for Credit Losses(4) 

Represented by: 

Loans 

Committed but undrawn credit exposures and letters of credit(5) 

Total Allowance for Credit Losses(4) 

EQUIPMENT FINANCING AND LEASING  

As at October 31, 2022 

Performing 

Stage 1 

Stage 2 

Impaired 

Stage 3 

Total 

$ 

928   $ 

 2,299   $ 

485  

$ 

3,712  

202 
(393)   

 - 

(805) 

1,292                

(177) 

 119 

-  

-  

1,047 

 (202)   
393 

(1,860) 

2,864  

-  

(716) 

479 

-  

-  

2,778 

-  

-                 

1,860 

(1,467) 

-  

(91) 

302  

 (697) 

50  

140  

-  

-  

-  

592  

1,292 

(984) 

900  

 (697) 

50  

3,965  

$ 

64,624   $ 

38,702   $ 

38,812  

$ 

142,138  

5,661  

(7,500) 

(51) 

(46,815) 

55,864  

(21,544) 

(14,385) 

-  

-  

 (5,661) 

7,500  

(12,993) 

56,062  

-  

(17,237) 

27,671 

-  

-  

50,239 

66,373     

-  

- 

13,044  

19,583  

-  

 (778) 

31,849 

 (29,918) 

5,808  

46,551  

$ 

$ 

$ 

 51,286   $ 

69,151   $ 

46,691  

$ 

49,779   $ 
1,507  

51,286   $ 

65,348   $ 
3,803  

69,151   $ 

46,691  

$ 

-  

46,691  

$ 

-  

-  

-  

 28,830  

55,864  

 (39,559) 

45,135 

 (29,918) 

5,808  

163,163  

167,128  

161,818  

5,310  

167,128  

Our equipment financing and leasing portfolio includes $3,408,700 of net investment in leases as at October 31, 2023 (October 31, 2022 - $3,417,339). The following table 
outlines the maturity analysis of undiscounted minimum finance lease payments by fiscal year, reconciled to the net investment in leases. 

Minimum Lease Payments 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

2028 

Thereafter 

Total undiscounted financing payments receivable 

Unearned Finance Income  

Net Investment in Equipment Finance Leases 

2023 

2022 

$ 

 1,294,386   $ 

 1,272,326  

 1,037,072  

            1,011,235  

 733,097  

               736,842  

 468,328  

               453,464  

 236,740  

               232,816  

 59,832  

                 76,921  

3,829,455 

(420,755) 

3,783,603 

(366,264) 

$ 

3,408,700  $ 

3,417,339 

CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |   81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7. FINANCIAL ASSETS TRANSFERRED BUT NOT DERECOGNIZED 
SECURITIZATION OF EQUIPMENT FINANCING LEASES AND LOANS 

We securitize equipment financing leases and loans to third parties. These securitizations do not qualify for derecognition as we continue to be exposed to certain risks 
associated with the leases and loans, therefore we have not transferred substantially all of the risk and rewards of ownership. As the leases and loans do not qualify for 
derecognition, the assets are not removed from the consolidated balance sheets and a securitization liability is recognized within debt related to securitization activities for 
the cash proceeds received (see Note 14). 

During 2023, we securitized equipment financing leases and loans of $1,035,390 (2022 – $1,136,679), which were sold to third parties for cash proceeds of $919,828 (2022 
– $1,019,557).   

SECURITIZATION OF RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGES  

We securitize fully insured residential mortgage loans through the creation of mortgage-backed securities under the National Housing Act Mortgage Backed Securities (NHA 
MBS) program sponsored by the Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation (CMHC). The mortgage-backed securities are sold directly to third party investors, sold to the 
Canada Housing Trust (CHT) as part of the Canada Mortgage Bond (CMB) program or are held by us. The CHT issues CMBs, which are government guaranteed, to third party 
investors and uses resulting proceeds to purchase NHA MBS from us and other mortgage issuers in the Canadian market. 

The third-party sale of the mortgage pools that comprise the NHA MBS does not qualify for derecognition as we retain the credit and interest rate risks associated with the 
mortgages, which represent substantially all of the risks and rewards associated with the transferred assets. As a result, the mortgages remain on the consolidated balance 
sheets as personal loans and are carried at amortized cost. Cash proceeds from the third-party sale of the mortgage pools, including those sold as part of the CMB program, 
are recognized within debt related to securitization activities (see Note 14). 

During 2023, we securitized residential mortgages of $145,773 (2022 – $231,266) which were sold to the CHT for cash proceeds of $143,701 (2022 – $220,381). 

SECURITIES SOLD UNDER REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS 

We enter into repurchase agreements under which we sell previously recognized securities, with a simultaneous agreement to purchase them back at a specific price on a 
future date, but retain substantially all of the credit, price, interest rate, and foreign exchange risks and rewards associated with the assets (see Note 5). These securities 
are not derecognized and the cash proceeds from the sale are recognized within other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. 

Details about the nature of transferred financial assets that do not qualify for derecognition and the associated liabilities are as follows: 

Transferred Assets that do not Qualify for Derecognition 
Securitized leases and loans 
Securitized residential mortgages 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 

Associated Liabilities(1) 

Net Position 

As at October 31, 2023 

As at October 31, 2022 

  Carrying Value 

Fair Value 

  Carrying Value 

Fair Value 

$ 

2,218,720  
         1,307,446  
          -  

      3,526,166  
3,315,721  

 $  

2,135,851  $ 

2,124,604    $  

       1,299,117  
         -  

          1,156,550  
          247,354  

    3,434,968  
    3,277,147 

    3,528,508  
3,331,445 

2,114,958 
       1,149,055  
         247,354  

    3,511,367  
3,284,419 

$ 

210,445  

 $  

157,821   $ 

  197,063 

 $  

226,948 

(1)   Associated liabilities consist of $2,020,913 related to securitized lease and loans (2022 – $1,935,812), $1,294,808 related to residential mortgages securitized through the NHA MBS program (2022 – $1,148,279), and $nil related 

to securities sold under repurchase agreements (2022 – $247,354). 

Additionally, we have securitized residential mortgages through the NHA MBS program totaling $42,066 with a fair value of $41,798 (2022 – $229,052 with a fair value of 
$227,568) that were not transferred to third parties. 

82    |   CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT 

Land is carried at cost. Buildings, equipment and furniture, and leasehold improvements are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment. Right-of-use 
assets primarily reflect leases of branches and office premises, and are measured at an amount equal to the lease liability adjusted by any prepaid or accrued lease payments. 
Lease liabilities are measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments discounted at our weighted average incremental borrowing rate.  

Depreciation is calculated primarily using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the asset, as follows:  

•  Buildings: 20 years 
•  Computer and office equipment and furniture: 3 to 10 years   
•  Leasehold improvements: over the shorter of the term of the lease and the remaining useful life 
•  Right-of-use assets: over the earlier of the lease term and the expected life. If ownership will transfer to us or we are reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option at 

the end of the lease term, the expected life of the right-of-use asset is used. 

When components of an item of property and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items. Gains and losses on disposal are recorded in 
non-interest income in the period of disposal. Property and equipment is subject to an impairment review if there are events or changes in circumstances which indicate 
that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. 

Cost 
Balance at November 1, 2022 
Additions 
Lease modifications 
Disposals 

Balance at October 31, 2023 

Accumulated Depreciation and 
Impairment 
Balance at November 1, 2022 
Depreciation  
Lease modifications 
Disposals 

Balance at October 31, 2023 

Cost 
Balance at November 1, 2021 
Additions 
Lease modifications 
Disposals 

Balance at October 31, 2022 

Accumulated Depreciation and 
Impairment 
Balance at November 1, 2021 
Depreciation  
Lease modifications 
Disposals 

Balance at October 31, 2022 

Leasehold 
Improvements 

 Land and      
Buildings 

Computer 
Equipment 

Office 
Equipment 

Right of Use 
Asset 

  $ 

 101,704   $ 
 10,614  
- 
(2,001) 

 19,051   $ 
 60  
- 
 -    

 53,300   $ 
 3,996  
- 
  (7,778) 

 52,681   $ 
 2,106  
- 
(3,069) 

 113,606   $ 
 7,842  
 1,277  
 (2,309) 

  110,317 

  19,111 

49,518 

51,718 

120,416 

Total 

 340,342  
 24,618  
 1,277  
 (15,157) 

351,080 

62,873 
5,823 
- 
(2,001) 

66,695 

8,102 
561 
- 
- 

8,663 

41,124 
3,823 
- 
(7,778) 

37,169 

38,864 
3,017 
- 
(3,069) 

38,812 

36,353 
 11,633  
 31  
                (631)                 

187,316 
24,857 
31 
(13,479) 

47,386 

  $ 

 90,137   $ 
 15,953  
- 
 (4,386) 

 101,704  

 19,016   $ 
 35  
- 
 -    

 19,051  

 49,977   $ 
 3,356  
- 
 (33) 

 53,300  

 51,274   $ 
 4,883  
- 
 (3,476) 

 91,169   $ 
 17,153  
 5,284  
 -    

 52,681  

 113,606  

37,674 

39,498 

23,994 

170,875 

62,181 

5,078 
- 
(4,386) 

62,873 

7,528 

574 
- 
- 

8,102 

3,483 
- 
(33) 

41,124 

2,842 
- 
(3,476) 

38,864 

12,359 
- 
                           - 

36,353 

198,725 

152,355 

 301,573  
 41,380  
 5,284  
 (7,895) 

 340,342  

24,336 
- 
(7,895) 

187,316 

153,026 

Net Carrying Amount at October 31, 2023 

  $ 

43,622  $ 

10,448  $ 

12,349  $ 

12,906  $ 

73,030  $ 

Net Carrying Amount at October 31, 2022 

  $ 

38,831  $ 

10,949  $ 

12,176  $ 

13,817  $ 

77,253  $ 

CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |   83 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS 
GOODWILL 

Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries and represents the excess of the fair value of the purchase consideration, including any amount of any non-controlling 
interest in the acquiree, over the net recognized amounts of the identifiable assets, including identifiable intangible assets, and liabilities assumed. For the purposes of 
calculating goodwill, fair values of acquired assets and liabilities are determined by reference to market values or by discounting expected future cash flows to present value.  

This discounting is performed using either market rates, or risk-free rates with risk-adjusted expected future cash flows.  

Goodwill is stated at cost less impairment losses. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units (CGU) for the purpose of impairment testing considering the business level 
at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. A CGU is the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash inflows that are largely independent 
of the cash inflows from other assets or group of assets. On this basis, CWB’s CGUs with goodwill allocated are: 

•  Wealth Management (WM); 
•  CWB Maxium Financial Inc. (MX); and, 
•  CWB National Leasing Inc. (NL). 

Balance at October 31, 2023 

Balance at October 31, 2022 

WM 

MX 

NL 

Total 

64,056  $ 

38,869  $ 

35,776  $ 

138,701 

WM 

MX 

NL 

Total 

64,056  $ 

38,869  $ 

35,776  $ 

138,701 

$ 

$ 

84    |   CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report  

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

Intangible assets represent identifiable non-monetary assets without physical substance and are acquired either separately through a business combination, or generated 
internally.  Intangible  assets  with  a  finite  useful  life  are  recorded  at  cost  less  any  accumulated  amortization  and  impairment  losses.  Certain  intangible  assets,  such  as 
trademarks and trade names, have an indefinite useful life. These indefinite life intangibles are not amortized but are tested for impairment at least annually. The assets’ 
useful lives are assessed at least annually. 

Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets with finite useful lives is reported in other expenses and amortization of internally generated software is included in 
premises and equipment expenses on the consolidated statements of income and recorded on a straight-line basis from the date at which it is available for use as follows: 

•  Software and related assets: 3 to 15 years  
•  Customer relationships: 10 to 15 years 
•  Non-competition agreements: 4 to 5 years 
•  Other: 3 to 5 years 

Cost  
Balance at November 1, 2022 
Additions 
Disposals 
Balance at October 31, 2023 

Accumulated Amortization 
Balance at November 1, 2022 
Amortization 
Disposals 
Balance at October 31, 2023 

Software and 
Related 
Assets 

Customer 
Relationships 

Trademarks 
and 
Tradenames 

Non- 
competition 
Agreements 

Other 

Total 

$ 

325,855  $ 
54,595 
(6,544) 
373,906 

142,537 
28,831 
(6,544) 
164,824 

90,442  $ 

- 
- 
90,442 

56,524 
7,540 
- 
64,064 

8,785  $ 
- 
(3,050) 
5,735 

2,100 
950 
(3,050) 
- 

11,084  $ 

- 
(5,336) 
5,748 

11,084 
- 
(5,336) 
5,748 

5,150  $ 
- 
- 
5,150 

5,150 
- 
- 
5,150 

441,316 
54,595 
(14,930) 
480,981 

217,395 
37,321 
(14,930) 
239,786 

Net Carrying Amount at October 31, 2023  

$ 

209,082  $ 

26,378  $ 

5,735  $ 

-  $ 

-  $ 

241,195 

Cost  
Balance at November 1, 2021 
Additions 
Disposals 
Balance at October 31, 2022 

Accumulated Amortization 
Balance at November 1, 2021 
Amortization 
Disposals 
Balance at October 31, 2022 

Software and 
Related 
Assets 

Customer 
Relationships 

Trademarks 
and 
Tradenames 

Non- 
competition 
Agreements 

Other 

Total 

$ 

295,778  $ 
52,588 
(22,511) 

325,855 

118,764 
46,284 
(22,511) 
142,537 

90,442  $ 

- 
- 

90,442 

48,396 
8,128 
- 
56,524 

8,785  $ 
- 
- 

8,785 

- 
2,100 
- 
2,100 

11,084  $ 

- 
- 

11,084 

11,084 
- 
- 
11,084 

5,150  $ 
- 
- 

5,150 

5,150 
- 
- 
5,150 

411,239 
52,588 
(22,511) 

441,316 

183,394 
56,512 
(22,511) 
217,395 

Net Carrying Amount at October 31, 2022  

$ 

183,318  $ 

33,918  $ 

6,685  $ 

-  $ 

-  $ 

223,921 

IMPAIRMENT 

The carrying amounts of our intangible assets with finite useful lives are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If an 
indication exists, we test for impairment. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or 
changes in circumstances indicate impairment.  

Impairment testing is performed by comparing an asset’s carrying amount with its recoverable amount. Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an 
individual asset, the recoverable amount of the CGU to which the asset belongs will be determined and compared to the carrying amount of the CGU’s net assets, including 
attributable goodwill. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the level of a CGU or a group of CGUs. If the recoverable amount is less than the carrying value, an impairment 
loss is charged to the consolidated statements of income. 

The recoverable amounts for our CGUs are calculated based on the higher of their value in use and fair value less costs of disposal. Value in use is determined by discounting 
the future cash flows expected to be generated from the continuing use of the CGU. Fair value less costs of disposal is the amount obtainable from the sale of a CGU in an 
orderly transaction between market participants, less disposal costs. The fair value of a CGU is estimated using valuation techniques such as a discounted cash flow method 
or market-based approaches where the fair value of a CGU is determined using comparable market transactions for similar businesses.  

In the 2023 and 2022 annual impairment tests, the recoverable amounts of our CGUs are based on their value in use with the exception of the WM CGU, which is based on 
fair value less costs of disposal.  

CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |   85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WM CGU 

The recoverable amount of the WM CGU was based on fair value less cost to sell using a discounted cash flow method. Cash flows are projected based on forecast results 
of the business for a five-year period, adjusted to approximate the market considerations of a prospective buyer. Beyond five years, cash flows are assumed to increase at 
a terminal growth rate of 3.7% (3.8% in 2022) based on management’s expectations of real GDP growth and inflation rates. Forecast cash flows are discounted at a rate of 
12.0% (12.5% in 2022).  

MX and NL CGUs 

The recoverable amount of these CGUs was based on their value in use in the current and comparative period. We calculate value in use using a discounted cash flow 
method. Cash flows are projected based on forecast results of the business for a five-year period including the regulatory capital required to support future cash flows. Key 
drivers of cash flows include net interest margins and average interest-earning assets. Beyond five years, cash flows are assumed to increase at a terminal growth rate of 
3.7% (3.8% in 2022) based on management’s expectations of real GDP growth and inflation rates. Forecast cash flows are discounted at pre-tax rates ranging from 17.8% to 
18.0% (19.3% to 19.6% in 2022).  

The key assumptions described above may change as economic and market conditions change. We estimate that reasonable possible changes in these assumptions are not 
expected to cause the recoverable amounts of the cash-generating units to decline below the carrying amounts. 

No impairment losses on goodwill or intangible assets were identified during 2023 or 2022. 

10. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

Derivative instruments are entered into for risk management purposes in accordance with our asset liability management policies. It is our policy not to utilize derivative 
financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. Interest rate swaps and floors are primarily used to reduce the impact of fluctuating interest rates. Equity swaps 
are used to reduce earnings volatility related to restricted share units and deferred share units linked to  our common share price. Bond forward contracts are used to 
manage interest rate risk related to our participation in the NHA MBS program. Foreign exchange contracts are used for the purposes of meeting the needs of clients, day-
to-day business and liquidity management. 

USE OF DERIVATIVES 

We  enter  into  derivative  financial  instruments  for  risk  management  purposes.  Derivative  financial  instruments  are  financial  contracts  whose  value  is  derived  from  an 
underlying interest rate, foreign exchange rate, equity or commodity instrument or index. 

Derivative financial instruments primarily used by us include: 

•  Interest rate swaps, which are agreements where two counterparties exchange a series of payments based on different interest rates applied to a notional amount; 
•  Bond forward contracts, which are a contractual obligation to purchase or sell a bond at a predetermined future date; 
•  Foreign exchange forwards and futures, which are contractual obligations to exchange one currency for another at a specified price for settlement at a 

predetermined future date; and, 

•  Equity swaps, which are agreements where CWB makes periodic interest payments to a counterparty and receives the capital gain or loss plus dividends of a  

notional CWB common share. 

EMBEDDED DERIVATIVES 

When derivatives are embedded in other financial instruments or host contracts, such combinations are known as hybrid instruments. If the host contract is a financial asset 
within the scope of IFRS 9, the classification and measurement criteria are applied to the entire hybrid instrument and there is no separation of the embedded derivative. If 
the host contract is a financial liability or an asset that is not within the scope of IFRS 9, embedded derivatives are treated as separate derivatives when their economic 
characteristics and risk are not closely related to those of the host contract, unless an election is made to measure the contract at fair value. Identified embedded derivatives 
that are separated from the host contract are recorded at fair value. 

FAIR VALUE 

Derivative financial instruments are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. Changes in fair value related to the effective portion of cash flow interest rate hedges are 
recorded in other comprehensive income, net of tax, and changes in fair value interest rate hedges are recorded in net interest income. Changes in fair value related to the 
ineffective portion of a designated accounting hedge, a derivative not designated as an accounting hedge, and all other derivative financial instruments are reported in non-
interest income on the consolidated statements of income. 

DESIGNATED ACCOUNTING HEDGES 

Under IAS 39, when designated as accounting hedges by us, certain derivative financial instruments are designated as either a hedge of the fair value of recognized assets, 
liabilities or firm commitments (fair value hedges), or a hedge of highly probable future cash flows attributable to a recognized asset or liability or a forecast transaction 
(cash flow hedges). On an ongoing basis, the derivatives used in hedging transactions are assessed to determine whether they  are effective in offsetting changes in fair 
values or cash flows of the hedged items. If a hedging transaction becomes ineffective or if the derivative is not designated as a cash flow hedge, any subsequent change in 
the fair value of the hedging instrument is recognized in net income.   

86    |   CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report  

 
 
Potential sources of ineffectiveness can be attributed to the differences between hedging instruments and the hedged items: 

•  Mismatches in terms of hedged item and hedging instrument, such as the repricing dates and frequency of payments 
•  The effect of the counterparty and our own credit risk 

Interest income received or interest expense paid on derivative financial instruments designated as cash flow hedges is accounted for on the accrual basis and recognized 
as interest expense over the term of the hedge contract. Premiums on purchased contracts are amortized to interest expense over the term of the contract. Accrued interest 
receivable and payable and deferred gains and losses for these contracts are recorded in other assets or liabilities as appropriate.  

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in other comprehensive 
income at that time is held separately in accumulated other comprehensive income until the forecast transaction is eventually recognized in the consolidated statements of 
income.  When  a  forecast  transaction  is  no  longer  expected  to  occur,  the  cumulative  gain  or  loss  that  was  reported  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  is 
immediately reclassified to the consolidated statements of income. 

INTEREST RATE RISK 

Interest rate risk arises when changes in interest rates affect the cash flows, earnings and values of assets and liabilities. Under our interest rate risk management policies, 
we maintain an appropriate balance between earnings volatility and economic value volatility while keeping both within their respective risk appetite limits. Exposure to 
interest rate risk is controlled by managing the size of the static gap positions between interest sensitive assets and interest sensitive liabilities for future periods. This is 
achieved partly by using interest rate swaps and bond forward contracts as a hedge to interest rate changes. 

Only the changes in fair value and cash flows related to changes in benchmark interest rates are designated as hedges for accounting purposes. Other risk elements present 
in these relationships, such as credit risk, have a less significant impact on changes in fair value and cash flows, and are not designated as accounting hedges. 

The hedging ratio is established by matching the notional amount of the hedging instrument with the notional amount of the hedged item. The existence of an economic 
relationship between the hedging instrument and hedged item is based on the reference interest rates, tenors, repricing dates and maturities, and the notional or par 
amounts. 

EQUITY RISK 

Equity risk arises when changes in our common share price affects the payout of share-based payment plans (see Note 16) that have not yet vested. We have a policy to 
hedge a portion of the earnings volatility related to restricted share unit (RSU) and deferred share unit (DSU) grants through the use of equity swaps, where we make 
periodic interest payments to a counterparty and receive the capital gain or loss plus dividends of a CWB common share. 

The following table shows the derivative financial instruments split between those contracts that have a positive fair value (favourable contracts) and those that have a 
negative fair value (unfavourable contracts):  

As at October 31, 2023 

As at October 31, 2022 

Favourable Contracts 

Unfavourable Contracts 

Favourable Contracts 

Unfavourable Contracts 

Notional 
Amount 

Fair Value 

Notional  
Amount 

 Fair Value 

Notional 
Amount 

 Fair Value 

Notional 
Amount 

 Fair Value 

Cash Flow Hedges 
Interest rate risk 

Interest rate swaps 

$   1,445,000    $  

84,993  $ 

 7,170,000  $ 

 (179,809)  $ 

 1,135,000    $  

83,465  $ 

 4,935,000  $ 

 (151,084) 

Equity risk 
     Equity swaps 
Fair Value Hedges 
Interest rate risk 

11,520  

1,451 

9,822 

(552) 

3,522  

100 

16,234 

(3,776) 

Interest rate swaps 

339,616  

     21,758  

- 

- 

355,020  

     26,950  

- 

- 

Not Designated as Accounting Hedges 

Foreign exchange contracts 

Equity swaps 

Total 

41,628 
7,677 

4 
        1,084  

 745,443  
- 

(18,235) 
-   

144 
- 

6 
        -  

 -  
8,066 

           - 
(1,221)   

$  1,845,441   $  

109,290   $ 

 7,925,265  $ 

 (198,596)  $  1,493,686   $  

110,521   $ 

 4,959,300  $ 

 (156,081) 

The aggregate contractual or notional amount of the derivative financial instruments on hand, the extent to which instruments are favourable or unfavourable and, thus, 
the aggregate fair values of these financial assets and liabilities can fluctuate significantly from time to time.  

The average fair values of the derivative financial instruments on hand during the year are set out in the following table: 

Favourable derivative financial instruments (assets) 

Unfavourable derivative financial instruments (liabilities) 

2023    

 106,712  

 $  

 165,262  

 $  

2022  

 83,371  

 89,040  

$ 

$ 

CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |   87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
           
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the maturities of derivative financial instruments and the weighted average interest rates paid and received on contracts:  

As at October 31, 2023 

Maturity 

As at October 31, 2022 

Maturity 

1 Year or Less 

More than 1 Year 

1 Year or Less 

More than 1 Year 

Notional 
Amount 

Contractual 
Interest 
Rate 

Notional  
Amount 

Contractual 
Interest 
Rate 

Notional 
Amount 

Contractual 
Interest 
Rate 

Notional 
Amount 

Contractual 
Interest 
Rate 

Cash Flow Hedges 
Interest rate risk 

Interest rate swaps(1) 

$ 

 4,055,000  

3.92 %  $ 

4,560,000  

   2.58 %  $ 

 1,125,000  

2.01 %  $ 

4,945,000  

   2.32 % 

Equity risk 
     Equity swaps(2) 
Fair Value Hedges 
Interest rate risk 

  10,251 

    -  

  11,091 

    - 

  9,933 

Interest rate swaps(3) 

56,601 

  0.67 

283,015 

  1.51 

Not Designated as Accounting Hedges 

Foreign exchange contracts(4) 
Equity swaps(5) 

787,071 
7,677  

- 
- 

     - 
   -  

     -  
    -  

- 

144 
8,066  

- 

  - 

- 
- 

  9,823 

    -  

355,020 

  1.16   

     - 
   -  

     -   
    -   

Total 

$ 

 4,916,600  

  $ 

 4,854,106  

  $ 

 1,143,143  

  $ 

 5,309,843  

Interest rate swaps designated as accounting cash flow hedges outstanding at October 31, 2023 mature between November 2023 and July 2033. 

(1) 
(2)  Equity swaps designated as accounting hedges outstanding at October 31, 2023 mature between June 2024 and June 2026. The contractual interest rate is not meaningful for equity swaps. 
(3) 
(4)  Foreign exchange contracts outstanding at October 31, 2023 mature between November 2023 and September 2024. The contractual interest rate is not meaningful for foreign exchange contracts. 
(5)  Equity swaps not designated as accounting hedges outstanding at October 31, 2023 mature in June 2024. The contractual interest rate is not meaningful for equity swaps. 

Interest rate swaps designated as accounting fair value hedges outstanding at October 31, 2023 mature between October 2024 and September 2028. 

The following tables present the details of the hedged items categorized by their hedging relationships: 

Consolidated Balance 
Sheets Line Item 

As at October 31, 2023 

 Changes in Fair Value   
Used for Calculating  
Hedge Ineffectiveness 

    Loans, Deposits 
n/a 

$ 

(27,197)   $ 
- 

Other liabilities 

        4,575 

Consolidated Balance 
Sheets Line Item 

As at October 31, 2022 

 Changes in Fair Value   
Used for Calculating  
Hedge Ineffectiveness 

AOCI -   
Cash Flow 
Hedges 

(44,719) 
 (413) 

   705  

AOCI -   
Cash Flow 
Hedges 

    Loans, Deposits 
n/a 

$ 

(67,693)   $ 
- 

(19,218) 
 (859) 

Other liabilities 

        (11,346) 

   (1,595)  

Cash Flow Hedges 
Interest rate risk 

Variable rate assets and liabilities 
Forecasted NHA MBS issuances 

Equity risk 

Restricted share units 

Cash Flow Hedges 
Interest rate risk 

Variable rate assets 
Forecasted NHA MBS issuances 

Equity risk 

Restricted share units 

n/a - not applicable 

88    |   CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Carrying Amount of Hedged 
Item 

Accumulated Amount of Fair 
Value Adjustments on the 
Hedged Item 

Consolidated Balance 
Sheets Line Item 

Changes in Fair Value Used 
for Calculating Hedge 
Ineffectiveness 

As at October 31, 2023 

$ 

320,013  

$ 

  (21,733) 

Securities, Loans 

$ 

  (5,192) 

Carrying Amount of Hedged 
Item 

Accumulated Amount of Fair 
Value Adjustments on the 
Hedged Item 

Consolidated Balance  
Sheets Line Item 

Changes in Fair Value Used 
for Calculating Hedge 
Ineffectiveness 

As at October 31, 2022 

$ 

329,812  

$ 

  (26,930) 

Securities, Loans 

$ 

  19,191 

Fair Value Hedges 

Interest rate risk 

Fixed rate assets 

Fair Value Hedges 

Interest rate risk 

Fixed rate assets 

The following table contains information regarding the effectiveness of the hedging relationships, as well as the impacts on the consolidated statements of income and 
consolidated statements of comprehensive income: 

Cash Flow Hedges 

Interest rate risk 

Interest rate swaps(1)  
Bond forward contracts(1) 

Equity risk 

Equity swaps(2) 

Fair Value Hedges 

Interest rate risk 

Interest rate swaps 

Cash Flow Hedges 

Interest rate risk 

Interest rate swaps(1)  
Bond forward contracts(1) 

Equity risk 

Equity swaps(2) 
Fair Value Hedges 

Interest rate risk 

Interest rate swaps 

(1)  Amounts reclassified from OCI into net interest income. 
(2)  Amounts reclassified from OCI into non-interest expenses. 
(3)  Amounts are presented net of tax. 

2023 

Change in Fair 
Value of 
Hedging 
Instrument 

Hedge 
Ineffectiveness 
Recognized in 
Income 

Change in the Fair  
Value of the 
Hedging  
Instrument 
Recognized  
in OCI(3) 

Amount Reclassified  
from AOCI, Cash 
Flow  
Hedges to 
Income(3) 

$ 

       (27,197)   $ 

 -  

$ 

(57,959)  

$ 

             - 

             -  

- 

 32,459 

445  

4,575 

                -  

 2,901 

(601) 

 (5,192) 

                 -  

-  

-  

2022 

Change in Fair 
Value of 
Hedging 
Instrument 

Hedge 
Ineffectiveness 
Recognized in 
Income 

Change in the Fair  
Value of the Hedging  
Instrument 
Recognized  
in OCI(3) 

Amount Reclassified  
from AOCI , Cash 
Flow  
Hedges to 
 Income(3) 

$ 

       (67,693)   $ 

 -  

$ 

(31,283)  

$ 

 (21,268) 

             - 

             -  

                    326 

                     524  

(11,346) 

                -  

 (7,895) 

              4,236 

 19,191 

                 -  

-  

-  

CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |   89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table shows a reconciliation of the accumulated other  comprehensive income from derivatives designated as cash flow hedges and an analysis of other 
comprehensive income relating to hedge accounting: 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income - Cash Flow Hedges 

Balance at beginning of year 
Amounts recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax: 

Interest rate risk - Interest rate swaps and bond forward contracts 

Effective portion of changes in fair value 
Amounts reclassified to net income 

Equity risk - Equity swaps 

Effective portion of changes in fair value 

Amounts reclassified to net income 

Balance at End of Year 

11. OTHER ASSETS 

Accounts receivable 
Accrued interest receivable 
Derivative collateral receivable 
Deferred tax assets 
Income tax receivable 
Prepaid expenses 
Financing costs 
Other 

Total 

12. DEPOSITS 

2023 

2022 

$ 

(21,672) 

$ 

33,688 

(57,959) 
32,904 

(30,957) 
(20,744) 

2,901 

(7,895) 

(601) 

4,236 

$ 

(44,427) 

$ 

(21,672) 

  $ 

(Note 25)  

(Note 19) 

(Note 19) 

As at  
October 31 
2023  

  51,006  $ 
  146,290 
115,380 
41,492 
4,640 
19,289 
119 
3,782 

 As at  

 October 31     

2022 

 135,840 
 116,281  
 72,810  
 42,248  
31,669 
17,647 
999 
 5,311  

  $ 

381,998  $ 

422,805 

Deposits are accounted for on an amortized cost basis. Costs relating to the issuance of fixed term deposits are amortized over the expected life of the deposit using the 
effective interest method. 

As at October 31, 2023 

Payable on demand 
Payable after notice 
Payable on a fixed date 

Total 

Payable on demand 
Payable after notice 
Payable on a fixed date 

Total 

A summary of all outstanding deposits payable on a fixed date, by contractual maturity date, follows: 

Within 1 year 

1 to 2 years 

2 to 3 years 

3 to 4 years 

4 to 5 years 

More than 5 years 

Total 

90    |   CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report  

$ 

Individuals 

  30,380 
  6,616,801 
  13,126,717 

$ 

Business and 
Government 

 Total 

  980,924  $ 

  6,139,026 
  6,434,601 

  1,011,304 
    12,755,827 
    19,561,318 

$ 

  19,773,898 

$ 

  13,554,551  $  33,328,449 

As at October 31, 2022 

$ 

Individuals 

 35,688 
 6,654,784 
 10,491,099 

$ 

Business and 
Government 

 Total 

 1,314,615  $ 
 6,456,577 
8,057,699 

 1,350,303 
 13,111,361 
    18,548,798 

$ 

 17,181,571 

$ 

15,828,891  $ 

 33,010,462 

As at  
October 31  
2023 

As at  
October 31 
 2022  

$ 

  9,457,625  $ 

 8,378,041  

  3,792,308 

 5,006,300  

  2,460,089 

 2,440,222  

1,750,918 

 852,884  

  1,905,103 

1,305,872 

  195,275 

 565,479  

$ 

  19,561,318  $ 

 18,548,798 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
             
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13. OTHER LIABILITIES 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities 
Accrued interest payable 
Lease liabilities(1)(2) 
Derivative collateral payable 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Allowance for committed but undrawn credit exposures and letters of credit 
Income taxes payable 
Deferred revenue 
Accrued swap payable 
Other 

Total 

As at  
October 31 
 2023  

As at  
October 31 
 2022  

393,246  $ 
344,465 
  93,456 
  8,170 
5,261     
2,749 
15,679 
2,599 
20,912 
2,864 

889,401  $ 

 438,180  
 197,486  
 98,795  
 21,800  
 6,567  
5,310 
4,000 
3,467 
1,779 
12,215 

789,599 

  $ 

 (Note 25)   
 (Note 19)   
 (Note 6)   
(Note 19)   

  $ 

(1)  The discounted value of lease liabilities is presented above. Future minimum commitments related to our lease liabilities on an undiscounted basis are $14,979 for fiscal 2024, $16,355 for fiscal 2025, $11,929 for fiscal 2026, 

$10,120 for fiscal 2027, $9,457 for fiscal 2028, and $48,102 for fiscal 2029 and thereafter. 
Interest expense on lease liabilities totaled $3,369 for the year ended October 31, 2023 (2022 – $3,159). 

(2) 

14. DEBT  
A) DEBT SECURITIES 

A summary of outstanding debt related to the securitization of equipment financing leases and loans and residential mortgages by contractual maturity date follows: 

Securitized leases and loans 
Securitized residential mortgages 

Total 

 Within   
1 Year  

 1 to 3   
Years  

 3 to  
 6 Years  

As at  
October 31 
2023  

 635,838   $ 
 315,427  

 1,013,416   $ 
 746,263  

 371,658   $ 
 233,119  

 2,020,912   $ 
 1,294,809  

As at  
October 31 
2022 

 1,935,812  
 1,148,279  

 951,265   $ 

 1,759,679   $ 

 604,777   $ 

 3,315,721   $ 

 3,084,091  

$ 

$ 

B) NON-VIABILITY CONTINGENT CAPITAL (NVCC) SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES 

Financing costs relating to the issuance of subordinated debentures are amortized over the expected life of the related subordinated debenture using the effective interest 
method. 

The following qualify as bank debentures under the Bank Act and are subordinate in right of payment to all deposit liabilities. All redemptions are subject to the approval of 
OSFI.  

Series F  

Series G  

Series H 

Interest 

 Rate(1) 

3.668% 

 4.840% 

 Maturity  
 Date 

Reset  
Spread(1) 

 Earliest Date 
Redeemable by  
CWB at Par 

Par Value(2) 

June 11, 2029 

199 bp 

June 11, 2024 

$ 

250,000  

June 29, 2030 

410.2 bp 

June 29, 2025 

            125,000  

5.937%   December 22, 2032 

291 bp 

  December 22, 2027 

150,000 

(1)  The interest rate will be paid until the earliest date redeemable, after which the interest rate will reset quarterly at the reset spread basis points over the then three-month Bankers’ Acceptance rate for Series F and Series G and 

CORRA for Series H. 

(2)  The balance reported on the consolidated balance sheet as at October 31, 2023 includes unamortized financing costs related to the issuance of subordinated debentures of $1,562 (2022 - $1,198).  

bp – basis points 

On December 22, 2022, we issued $150,000 of NVCC subordinated debentures with a fixed annual interest rate of 5.937% until December 22, 2027. Thereafter, the rate will 
be set quarterly at the daily compounded CORRA plus 291 basis points until maturity on December 22, 2032. We can redeem the debentures on or after December 22, 2027 
subject to the prior written consent of OSFI.  

Upon the occurrence of a trigger event (as defined by OSFI), each subordinated debenture will be automatically converted, without the consent of the holders, into CWB 
common shares. Conversion to common shares will be determined by dividing the debenture conversion value (the principal amount of the debenture plus accrued but 
unpaid interest times a multiplier of 1.5) by the common share value (the greater of (i) the floor price of $5.00 and (ii) the current market price calculated as the volume 
weighted average trading price for the ten consecutive trading days ending on the day immediately prior to the date of conversion). 

CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |   91 

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15. CAPITAL STOCK  
AUTHORIZED 

•  An unlimited number of common shares without nominal or par value; 
•  33,964,324 class A shares without nominal or par value; and, 
•  An unlimited number of first preferred shares, without nominal or par value, issuable in series, provided that the maximum aggregate consideration for all outstanding 

first preferred shares at any time does not exceed $1,000,000. 

ISSUED AND FULLY PAID 

Preferred Shares - Series 5 
Outstanding at beginning and end of year 

Preferred Shares - Series 9 
Outstanding at beginning and end of year 

Outstanding at End of Year – Preferred Shares 

Limited Recourse Capital Notes - Series 1(1) 
Outstanding at beginning and end of year 
Limited Recourse Capital Notes - Series 2(2) 
Outstanding at beginning and end of year 

Outstanding at End of Year – Limited Recourse Capital Notes 

Common Shares 
Outstanding at beginning of year 

Issued under at-the-market common equity distribution program 
Issued under dividend reinvestment plan 
Issued on exercise or exchange of options(3) 

Outstanding at End of Year – Common Shares 

Total 

2023 

Number of 
Shares 

2022 

Amount 

Number of 
Shares 

           Amount 

5,000,000  

$ 

125,000  

  5,000,000   $ 

125,000  

5,000,000  

10,000,000 

125,000  

250,000 

5,000,000  

     125,000  

10,000,000 

250,000 

175,000 

175,000 

175,000 

175,000 

150,000   

325,000 

150,000  

325,000 

150,000 

325,000 

150,000          

325,000 

94,326,112 
1,834,595 
258,122 
15,205 

96,434,034 

956,061 
44,998 
6,492 
432 

1,007,983 

89,390,335  
4,725,271 
164,251  
46,255  

94,326,112  

809,435  
141,098 
5,005  
 523  

956,061 

$ 

1,582,983 

  $ 

1,531,061  

(1) 

(2) 

In connection with the issuance of LRCN Series 1, on October 30, 2020, we issued $175,000 of First Preferred Shares Series 11 at a price of $1,000 per Series 11 Preferred Share. The Series 11 Preferred Shares were issued to a 
Limited Recourse Trust to be held as trust assets in connection with the LRCN structure. The Series 11 Preferred Shares and corresponding Trust investment are eliminated on consolidation. 
In connection with the issuance of LRCN Series 2, on March 25, 2021, we issued $150,000 of First Preferred Shares Series 12 at a price of $1,000 per Series 12 Preferred Share. The Series 12 Preferred Shares were issued to a 
Limited Recourse Trust to be held as trust assets in connection with the LRCN structure. The Series 12 Preferred Shares and corresponding Trust investment are eliminated on consolidation. 

(3)  Represents shares issued and amounts transferred from the share-based payment reserve to share capital upon non-cash settlement of options exercised. 

We are prohibited by the Bank Act from declaring any dividends on common shares when we are or would be placed, as a result of the declaration, in contravention of the 
capital adequacy and liquidity regulations or any regulatory directives issued under the Bank Act. This limitation does not restrict the current level of dividends. 

A)  At-the-market (ATM) Common Equity Distribution Program 
The current ATM program was established on June 1, 2022, under a prospectus supplement to the CWB short-form base shelf prospectus, and expires July 1, 2024. The 
ATM program allows us to incrementally issue up to $150 million worth of common shares, at our discretion, at the prevailing market price. The previous ATM program 
was effective May 31, 2021 and terminated with the establishment of the current ATM program. 

Common shares issued(1) 
Average price per share 
Gross proceeds 
Net proceeds(2) 

$ 

2023   

2022 

1,834,595 

24.53   $ 
44,998   
44,253   

4,725,271  
29.86  
141,098         
138,392  

(1)  During the year ended October 31, 2023, all shares issued were under the new ATM program. For the comparative 2022 periods, shares issued in Q1 and Q2 2022 were under the previous ATM program (2,058,100 shares issued, 
at average price of $36.46, for gross proceeds of $75,038 and net proceeds of $73,767) and shares issued in Q3 and Q4 2022 were under the current ATM program (2,667,171 shares issued, at average price of $24.77, for gross 
proceeds of $66,060, and net proceeds of $64,625). 

(2)  Gross proceeds less sales commissions and other issuance costs. 

92    |   CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
B) Preferred Shares 
NVCC Preferred Share Rights and Privileges 

Redemption 
Amount 

Quarterly 
Non-cumulative  

Dividend(1) 

Series 5 
Series 9 

 $  
 $  

          25.00  
          25.00  

  $          0.2688125  
 $                   0.375 

Reset 
Spread(2) 

276 bp 
404 bp 

Annual 

Yield(3) 

4.30% 
6.00% 

Date 
Redeemable/ 

Convertible(4) 

Convertible to(2)(5) 

April 30, 2024 
Preferred Shares - Series 6 
April 30, 2024  Preferred Shares - Series 10 

(1)  Non-cumulative fixed dividends are payable quarterly as and when declared by the Board of Directors of CWB. 
(2)  The dividend rate will reset on the date redeemable and every five years thereafter at a level of the reset spread basis points over the then five-year Government of Canada Bond Yield.  
(3)  Based on the stated issue price per share of $25.00. 
(4)  Redeemable by CWB, subject to the approval of OSFI, on the date noted and every five years thereafter. Convertible by the shareholders, subject to certain conditions, on the date noted and every five years thereafter if not 

(5) 

redeemed by CWB to an equal number of First Preferred Shares Series 6 and Series 10 which are non-cumulative, floating rate preferred shares. 
If converted, holders of the First Preferred Shares Series 6 and Series 10 will be entitled to receive quarterly floating rate dividends as and when declared by the Board of Directors of CWB, which reset quarterly at a rate equal to 
the 90-day Government of Canada Treasury Bill rate. 

bp – basis points 

Upon the occurrence of a non-viability trigger event (as defined by OSFI), each preferred share will be automatically converted, without the consent of the holders, into 
CWB common shares. Conversion to common shares will be determined by dividing the preferred share conversion value ($25.00 per preferred share plus any declared but 
unpaid dividends) by the common share value (the greater of (i) the floor price of $5.00 and (ii) the current market price calculated as the volume-weighted average trading 
price for the ten consecutive trading days ending on the day immediately prior to the date of the conversion). If a trigger event were to occur, based on a floor price of 
$5.00, the preferred shares would be converted into approximately 50 million CWB common shares, assuming no accrued interest and no declared and unpaid dividends. 

C) Limited Recourse Capital Notes (LRCN) 

Series 1 
Series 2 

Redemption 
Amount 

$  
$ 

1,000  
1,000 

Interest Rate 

Issue Date 

Maturity Date 

6.00% 
5.00% 

October 30, 2020 
March 25, 2021 

April 30, 2081 
July 31, 2081 

Reset 
Spread(1) 

562.1 bp 
394.9 bp 

Earliest Date 
Redeemable 

April 30, 2026 
July 31, 2026 

(1)  The interest rate will reset on the date redeemable and every five years thereafter at a level of the reset spread basis points over the then five-year Government of Canada Bond Yield.  

bp – basis points 

Semi-annual interest payments on our Series 1 LRCNs, of $30 per $1,000 principal amount of Series 1 LRCNs were paid on April 30, 2023 and October 31, 2023, for an 
aggregate total of $7,865 (2022 – $7,988), after tax. 

Semi-annual interest payments on our Series 2 LRCNs, of $25 per $1,000 principal amount of Series 2 LRCNs were paid on January 31, 2023 and July 31, 2023, for an aggregate 
total of $5,592 (2022 – $5,730), after tax. 

In the event of (i) non-payment of interest on any interest payment date, (ii) non-payment of the redemption price in the case of an LRCN redemption, (iii) non-payment of 
principal at the maturity date, or (iv) an event of default on the notes, noteholders will have recourse limited to receipt of a proportionate amount of Series 11 Preferred 
Shares for the Series 1 LRCNs and Series 12 Preferred Shares for the Series 2 LRCNs. The delivery of the corresponding preferred shares will represent the full and complete 
extinguishment of our obligations under the LRCNs. The preferred shares are held by a third party trustee in a consolidated trust, CWB LRT (Limited Recourse Trust). 

LRCNs are redeemable on or prior to maturity on each five-year anniversary, subject to OSFI approval. The corresponding preferred shares would be redeemed at the same 
time. The terms of the preferred shares and LRCNs include NVCC provisions necessary for them to qualify as Tier 1 regulatory capital under Basel III. Upon the occurrence 
of a trigger event (as defined by OSFI), LRCNs will be automatically redeemed by the delivery of common shares after an automatic conversion of the preferred shares. 
Conversion to common shares will be determined by dividing the share value of the preferred shares (including declared and unpaid dividends) by the common share value 
(the greater of: (i) a floor price of $5.00 and (ii) the current market price of our common shares based on the volume weighted average trading price for the ten consecutive 
trading days ending on the day immediately prior to the date of conversion). If a trigger event were to occur, based on a floor price of $5.00, the Series 1 LRCNs and Series 
2 LRCNs would be converted into approximately 35 million and 30 million CWB common shares, respectively, assuming no accrued interest and no declared and unpaid 
dividends. 

LRCN are compound instruments with both equity and liability features as payments of interest and principal in cash are made at our discretion.  Semi-annual interest 
payments on the LRCNs are recorded when payable. Non-payment of interest and principal in cash does not constitute an event of default and will trigger a delivery of 
preferred shares. The liability component of the notes has a nominal value and, as a result, the full proceeds received are presented as equity. 

D) Dividends 

The following dividends on common and preferred shares were declared by the Board of Directors and paid during the year:  

$1.30 per common share (2022 – $1.22) 
$1.08 per preferred share - Series 5 (2022 – $1.08) 
$1.50 per preferred share - Series 9 (2022 – $1.50) 

Total 

2023   

124,998  
5,376   
7,500   

 $  

2022  

111,245  
5,376  
7,500  

137,874 

 $  

124,121 

$ 

$ 

Subsequent to October 31, 2023, the Board of Directors of CWB declared a dividend of $0.34 per common share payable on January 4, 2024 to shareholders of record on 
December 21, 2023, and cash dividends of $0.2688125 per Series 5 and $0.375 per Series 9 preferred share all payable on January 31, 2024 to shareholders of record on 
January 24, 2024. With respect to these dividend declarations, no liability was recorded on the consolidated balance sheets at October 31, 2023. 

CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |   93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
E) Dividend Reinvestment Plan 

Under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the plan), we provide holders of our common shares and holders of any other class of shares deemed eligible by  our Board of 
Directors with the opportunity to direct cash dividends paid on any class of their eligible shares towards the purchase of additional common shares. Currently, the Board of 
Directors has deemed that the holders of all common and preferred shares are eligible to participate in the plan. The plan is open to shareholders residing in Canada. 

At our option, the common shares may be issued from our treasury at an average market price based on the closing prices of a board lot of common shares on the TSX for 
the five trading days immediately preceding the dividend payment date, with a discount of 0% to 5% or through the open market at market prices. During the year, 258,122 
common shares were issued under the plan from our treasury, with no discount (2022 – 164,251). 

16. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS 
A) STOCK OPTIONS 

The estimated fair value of stock options measured at the grant date is recognized over the applicable vesting period as an increase to both salary expense and share-based 
payment reserve. When options are exercised, the proceeds received and the applicable amount in share-based payment reserve are credited to common shares. 

We have authorized 6,109,401 common shares (2022 – 6,124,606) for issuance under the share incentive plan. Of the amount authorized, options exercisable into 2,214,627 
shares (2022 – 1,871,717) are issued and outstanding. The outstanding options vest within three years and are exercisable at a fixed price equal to the average of the market 
price on the day of and the four days preceding the grant date. Outstanding options expire from March 2024 to December 2029, each with an expiry date that is within 
seven years of the grant date. 

The details of, and changes in, the issued and outstanding options are as follows: 

Options 

Balance at beginning of year 

Granted 
Exercised or exchanged 
Forfeited 
Expired 

Balance at End of Year 

Exercisable at End of Year 

Further details relating to stock options outstanding and exercisable are as follows: 

2023 

2022 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise  
Price 

31.63 
24.23 
23.70 
29.13 
31.49 

30.25 

31.62 

 $  

Number of 
Options 

1,871,717  
570,049 
(124,654) 
(69,499) 
(32,986) 

2,214,627 

1,026,462 

 $  

 $  

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
 Price 

30.04 
37.03 
25.76 
32.04 
31.86 

31.63 

30.29 

Number of 
Options 

1,716,084  
363,378 
(134,739) 
(65,501) 
(7,505) 

1,871,717 

828,134 

 $  

 $  

 $  

Range of Exercise Prices 

$24.23 
$29.07 to $31.93 
$35.15 to $37.03 

Total 

                                              Options Outstanding                                              Options Exercisable 
Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life (years) 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise  
Price 

Number of  
Options   

Number of 
Options 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

540,746  
1,152,338  
521,543  

2,214,627  

6.1  
2.7  
3.7  

3.8  

$ 

$ 

24.23  
30.33  
36.34  

30.25  

-   $  

833,753  
192,709  

1,026,462   $  

-  
30.81  
35.15  

31.62  

All exercised options are settled via non-cash settlement, which provides the option holder the number of shares equivalent to the excess of the market value of the shares 
under option, determined at the exercise date, over the exercise price. During fiscal 2023, option holders exchanged the rights to 124,654 (2022 – 134,739) options and 
received 15,205 (2022 – 46,255) shares in return by way of non-cash settlement. 

Salary expense of $1,884 (2022 – $1,973) was recognized relating to the estimated fair value of options granted. The fair value of options granted during the year was 
estimated using a binomial option pricing model with the following variables and assumptions: (i) risk-free interest rate of 3.1% (2022 – 1.2%), (ii) expected option life of 5.0 
(2022 – 5.0) years, (iii) expected annual volatility of 34% (2022 – 34%), and (iv) expected annual dividends of 5.4% (2022 – 3.3%). Expected volatility is estimated by evaluating 
historical volatility of the share price over multi-year periods. The weighted average fair value of options granted was estimated at $4.18 (2022 – $7.06) per share. 

During the year, $432 (2022 – $523) was transferred from the share-based payment reserve to share capital, representing the estimated fair value recognized for options 
exercised during the year. 

94    |   CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B) RESTRICTED SHARE UNITS   

Under the RSU plan, certain employees are eligible to receive an award in the form of RSUs. Each RSU entitles the employee to receive the cash equivalent of the market 
value of our common shares at the vesting date. Throughout the vesting period, common share dividend equivalents accrue to the employee in the form of additional units. 
RSUs vest on each anniversary of the grant in equal one-third instalments over a period of three years. Salary expense is recognized over the vesting period except where 
the employee is eligible to retire prior to the vesting date, in which case the expense is recognized between the grant date and the date the employee is eligible to retire. 

During the year, salary expense of $12,134 (2022 – $10,564) was recognized related to RSUs. As at October 31, 2023, the liability for the RSUs held under this plan was 
$10,382 (October 31, 2022 – $8,721). At the end of each period, the liability is adjusted to reflect changes in the fair value of the RSUs. 

Number of RSUs 

Balance at beginning of year 

Granted 
Vested and paid out 
Forfeited 

Balance at End of Year 

C) PERFORMANCE SHARE UNITS 

2023  

779,169 
542,711 
(374,942) 
(66,710) 

880,228 

2022 

686,972 
499,043 
(354,182) 
(52,664) 

779,169 

Under the Performance Share Unit (PSU) plan, certain employees are eligible to receive an award in the form of PSUs on an annual basis. At the time of a grant, each PSU 
represents a unit with an underlying value equivalent to the value of a common share. Throughout the vesting period, common share dividend equivalents accrue to the 
employee in the form of additional units. Under the PSU plan, each PSU vests at the end of a three-year period and is settled in cash. 

At the end of each specified performance period, a multiplier based on performance targets set at grant date is applied to a portion of the PSUs originally granted and any 
accrued notional dividends such that the total value of the PSUs may vary from 50% to 150% of the value of an equal number of our common shares.  

During the year, salary expense of $3,991 (2022 – $790) was recognized related to PSUs. As at October 31, 2023, the liability for the PSUs held under this plan was $7,241 
(October 31, 2022 – $4,674). At the end of each period, the liability and salary expense are adjusted to reflect changes in the fair value of the PSUs. 

Number of PSUs 

Balance at beginning of year 

Granted 
Vested and paid out 
Forfeited 

Balance at End of Year 

D) DEFERRED SHARE UNITS 

2023  

334,279  
212,734  
(212,128) 
(31,392) 

303,493  

2022 

285,416  
131,448  
(73,785) 
(8,800) 

334,279  

Under the DSU plan, non-employee directors receive a portion of their retainer in DSUs. Each DSU represents a unit with an underlying value equivalent to the value of one 
common share. The DSUs are not redeemable until the individual is no longer a director and must be redeemed for cash. Common share dividend equivalents accrue to the 
directors in the form of additional units. The expense related to the DSUs is recorded in the period the award is earned by the director.   

During the year, other non-interest expenses included $1,356 (2022 – $1,659) related to the DSUs. As at October 31, 2023, the liability for DSUs held under this plan was 
$8,043 (October 31, 2022 – $7,244). At the end of each period, the liability and expense are adjusted to reflect changes in the market value of the DSUs. 

Number of DSUs 

Balance at beginning of year 

Granted 
Paid out 

Balance at End of Year 

2023  

305,669  
68,166  

2022  

270,438  
59,057  

 (81,161)                     (23,826)                    

292,674  

305,669  

CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |   95 

 
 
 
17. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND COMMITMENTS 
A) CREDIT INSTRUMENTS 

In the normal course of business, we enter into various commitments and have contingent liabilities, which are not reflected in the consolidated balance sheets. These items 
are reported below and are expressed in terms of the contractual amount of the related commitment. 

Commitments to extend credit 
Guarantees and standby letters of credit 

Total 

As at  
October 31  
2023  

 11,853,106  $ 
474,082  

As at  
October 31  
2022 
 7,216,652 
430,813  

 12,327,188   $ 

 7,647,465  

$ 

$ 

Commitments to extend credit to customers also arise in the normal course of business and include undrawn availability under lines of credit and business operating loans 
of $3,865,416 (October 31, 2022 – $3,101,155) and authorized but unfunded loan commitments of $7,987,690 (October 31, 2022 – $4,115,497). In the majority of instances, 
availability of undrawn business commitments is subject to the borrower meeting specified financial tests or other covenants regarding completion or satisfaction of certain 
conditions precedent. It is also usual practice to include the right to review and withhold funding in the event of a material adverse change in the financial condition of the 
borrower. The allowance for credit losses related to committed but undrawn credit exposures and letters of credit is included in other liabilities on the consolidated balance 
sheets. From a liquidity perspective, undrawn credit authorizations will be funded over time, with draws in many cases extending over a period of months. In some instances, 
authorizations are never advanced or may be reduced because of changing requirements. Revolving credit authorizations are subject to repayment which, on a pooled basis, 
also decreases liquidity risk. 

Guarantees and standby letters of credit represent our obligation to make payments to third parties when a customer is unable to make required payments or meet other 
contractual obligations. These instruments carry the same credit risk, recourse and collateral security requirements as loans extended to customers and generally have a 
term that does not exceed one year.  

B) PURCHASE OBLIGATIONS 

We have contractual obligations related to operating and capital expenditures which typically run one to five years. 

Purchase obligations for each of the succeeding years are as follows: 

2024 
2025 
2026 
2027 
2028 

Total 

C) LEASE COMMITMENTS 

$ 

57,834 
27,771 
26,430 
3,817 
1,675 

$ 

117,527  

During the year ended October 31, 2023, we terminated our previous lease commitment and entered into a new twenty-year lease for a new corporate office in Edmonton, 
commencing January 1, 2026. Future minimum commitments related to the lease on an undiscounted basis are $3,936 for fiscal 2026, $4,812 for fiscal 2027, and a remaining 
total of $109,350 for fiscal 2028 and thereafter.  

D) GUARANTEES 

A guarantee is defined as a contract that contingently requires the guarantor to make payments to a third party based on (i) changes in an underlying economic characteristic 
that is related to an asset, liability or equity security of the guaranteed party, (ii) failure of another party to perform under an obligating agreement, or (iii) failure of another 
third party to pay indebtedness when due. 

Significant guarantees provided to third parties include guarantees and standby letters of credit as discussed above. 

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into contractual arrangements under which we may agree to indemnify the other party. Under these agreements, we may be 
required to compensate counterparties for costs incurred as a result of various contingencies, such as changes in laws and regulations and litigation claims. A maximum 
potential liability cannot be identified as the terms of these arrangements vary and generally no predetermined amounts or limits are identified. The likelihood of occurrence 
of contingent events that would trigger payment under these arrangements is either remote or difficult to predict and, in the past, payments under these arrangements 
have been insignificant. 

No amounts are reflected in the consolidated financial statements related to these guarantees and indemnifications. 

E) LEGAL AND REGULATORY PROCEEDINGS 

In the ordinary course of business, CWB and our subsidiaries are party to legal and regulatory proceedings. Based on current knowledge, we do not expect the outcome of 
any of these proceedings to have a material effect on the consolidated financial position or results of operations. 

96    |   CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18. OTHER INCOME AND OTHER EXPENSES 
A) OTHER NON-INTEREST INCOME 

Other non-interest income primarily consists of foreign exchange gains/losses. 

B) OTHER EXPENSES 

A summary of other non-interest expenses broken down by significant categories follows: 

Professional fees and services 
Regulatory costs 
Banking charges 
Marketing and business development 
Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets 
Capital and business taxes 
Loan-related credit reports 
Employee recruitment and training 
Travel 
Communications 
Staff relations 
Acquisition and integration costs 
Other 

Total 

C) EMPLOYEE FUTURE BENEFITS 

 2023  

23,401  $ 
14,698 
10,476 
9,099 
8,490 
4,858 
4,271 
2,880 
2,868 
2,149 
1,903 
602 
13,697 

99,392  $ 

 2022   

30,264 
 13,262  
 9,915  
 10,366  
 10,212  
2,038 
3,588 
6,169 
2,735 
2,167 
1,947 
626 
15,060 

108,349 

  $ 

  $ 

All employee future benefits related to our group retirement savings and employee share purchase plans are recognized in the periods during which services are rendered 
by  employees  and  are  included  in  salaries  and  employee  benefits  non-interest  expenses.  Our contributions  to  the  group  retirement  savings  plan  and  employee  share 
purchase plan totaled $23,773 (2022 – $22,352). 

CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |   97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
19. INCOME TAXES 

We follow the deferred method of accounting for income taxes whereby current income taxes are recognized for the estimated income taxes payable for the current period. 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the cumulative amount of tax applicable to temporary differences between the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities, and 
their values for tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted or substantively enacted tax rates anticipated to apply to taxable income in the 
years in which those temporary differences are anticipated to be recovered or settled. Changes in deferred taxes related to a change in tax rates are recognized in income 
in the period of the tax rate change. All deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized in the normal course of operations. 

The provision for income taxes consists of the following: 

Consolidated statements of income 

Current 

Deferred 

Other comprehensive income 

Tax expense (recovery) related to: 

Items that will be not subsequently reclassified to net income 

Items that will be subsequently reclassified to net income 

Debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income 

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges 

Total 

2023 

2022 

$ 

125,171  $ 

105,678 

(1,170) 

                  5,939 

124,001 

111,617 

(365) 

(39) 

21,342 

(7,902) 

13,075 

$ 

137,076  $ 

(27,849) 

(17,014) 

(44,902) 

66,715 

A reconciliation of the statutory tax rates and income tax that would be payable at these rates to the effective income tax rates and provision for income taxes reported in 
the consolidated statements of income follows: 

Combined Canadian federal and provincial income taxes and statutory tax rate 
Increase (decrease) arising from: 

Change in tax rate 
Tax-exempt income 
Stock-based compensation 
Adjustments arising from prior year tax filings 
Other 

2023 

                                 2022 

$ 

121,563 

25.6  %  $ 

111,720 

24.9  % 

(357) 
- 
317 
881 
1,597 

(0.1) 
- 
0.1 
0.2 
0.3 

210 
 (60) 
347 
(2,486) 
1,886 

- 
- 
0.1 
(0.6) 
0.5 

Provision for Income Taxes and Effective Tax Rate 

$ 

124,001 

26.1  %  $ 

111,617 

24.9  % 

Deferred tax balances are comprised of the following: 

Deferred Tax Assets 

Allowance for credit losses 
Lease liabilities 
Leasing income 
Deferred loan fees 
Intangible assets 
Employee benefits 
Non-capital losses 
Other temporary differences 

Deferred Tax Liabilities 

Property and equipment 
Right of use asset 
Intangible assets 
Deferred deposit broker commission 
Other temporary differences 

98    |   CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report  

As at  
October 31  
2023 

As at  
October 31 
2022  

$ 

20,855  $ 
23,339 
16,744 
16,539 
8,677 
6,433 
4,283 
11,630 

108,500 

38,904 
18,218 
5,144 
7,795 
2,208 
72,269 

$ 

36,231  $ 

20,209 
23,297 
16,435 
14,301 
7,936 
5,154 
3,834 
8,699 

99,865 

30,769 
18,189 
6,466 
4,832 
3,928 
64,184 

35,681 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net deferred tax balances are reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as follows: 

Deferred tax assets 
Deferred tax liabilities 

20. EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE 

2023 

41,492  $ 
(5,261) 

36,231  $ 

2022 
42,248 
(6,567) 

35,681 

$ 

$ 

Basic earnings per common share is calculated based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is 
calculated based on the treasury stock method, which assumes that any proceeds from in-the-money stock options are used to purchase our common shares at the average 
market price during the period. 

The calculation of earnings per common share follows: 

Numerator 

Common shareholders’ net income 

Denominator 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding - basic 
Dilutive instruments: 
Stock options(1) 

Weighted Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding - Diluted 

Earnings Per Common Share 

Basic   
Diluted  

2023  

2022 

$ 

324,316  $ 

310,302 

96,054,205 

91,430,832 

7,184 

59,093 

96,061,389  $ 

91,489,925 

     3.38  $ 

           3.38 

     3.39 
           3.39 

$ 

$ 

(1)   At October 31, 2023, the denominator excludes 2,214,627 (2022 – 1,103,697) employee stock options with an average exercise price of $31.13 (2022 – $35.14), adjusted for unrecognized stock-based compensation, that is 

greater than the average market price. 

21. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

Transactions with and between subsidiary entities are made at normal market prices and eliminated on consolidation. 

PREFERRED RATES AND TERMS 

We make loans, primarily residential mortgages, to our officers and employees at various preferred rates and terms. The total amount outstanding for these types of loans 
is $258,221 (October 31, 2022 – $219,074). We offer deposits, primarily fixed term deposits, to our officers and employees and their immediate family at preferred rates. 
The total amount outstanding for these deposits is $347,657 (October 31, 2022 – $342,376). 

KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL 

Key management personnel are those that have authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling our activities and include our independent directors.  

Compensation of key management personnel follows: 

Salaries, benefits and directors' compensation 
Share-based payments (stock options, RSUs, PSUs and DSUs)(1) 

Total 

(1)   Share-based payments are based on the estimated fair value on grant date. 

2023  

5,770  $ 
4,251 

2022 

6,222 
4,585 

10,021  $ 

10,807 

$ 

$ 

Loans outstanding with key management personnel totaled $23 as at October 31, 2023 (October 31, 2022 – $444). No loans were outstanding with our independent directors 
as at October 31, 2023 and 2022. 

CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |   99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22. INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY 

We are exposed to interest rate risk as a result of a difference, or gap, between the maturity or repricing behaviour of interest sensitive assets and liabilities. The interest 
rate gap is managed by adjusting the repricing behaviour of interest sensitive assets or liabilities to ensure the gap falls within our risk appetite. The repricing profile of these 
assets and liabilities has been incorporated in the following table, which contains the gap position at October 31 for select time intervals. Figures in brackets represent an 
excess of liabilities over assets or a negative gap position. 

ASSET LIABILITY GAP POSITIONS  

($millions)  

October 31, 2023 

Assets 
Cash resources and securities  $ 
Loans(1) 
Other assets(2) 
Derivatives(3) 

Total 

Liabilities and Equity 
Deposits(1) 
Other liabilities(2) 
Debt 
Equity 
Derivatives(3) 

Total 

Floating 
Rate and 
Within 1 
Month 

1 Month 
to  
3 Months 

3 Months  
to  
1 Year 

  $ 

 705  
 15,020  

 -      

 1,620  

  $ 

 974  
 2,326  
 -    
 1,530  

17,345 

          4,830 

  $ 

 1,115  
 6,015  
 -    
 2,753  

9,883 

Total 
Within  
1 Year 

 2,794  
 23,361  
 -    
 5,903  

32,058 

  $ 

 14,314  

 -      

 71  

 -      

 7,200  

21,585 

 1,692  
 -    
 163  
 -    
 29  

    1,884 

 6,132  

 22,138  

 -      

 1,281  

 250      

 7,286  

30,955 

 -      

 1,047  

 250      
 57      

7,486 

2,397 

1,103 

  $ 

1 Year  
to  
5 Years 

 1,291  
 13,581  
 -    
 2,976  

17,848 

 10,995  
 -    
 2,562  
 325  
 1,648  

15,530 

More  
than 5 
Years 

Non-
interest 
Sensitive 

  $ 

 22  
 (203) 
 1,024  
 787    

1,630 

 (39) 
 1,126  

 (4)      

 3,452  
 787    

5,322 

  $ 

 152  
 298  

 -      

 105  

555 

 234  

 -      
 -      
 -      

 50  

284 

271 

3,692 

Total 

 4,259  
 37,037  
 1,024  
 9,771  

52,091 

 33,328  
 1,126  
 3,839  
 4,027  
 9,771  

52,091 

- 

- 

Interest Rate Sensitive Gap 

Cumulative Gap 

$ 

$ 

(4,240) 

(4,240) 

  $ 

  $ 

2,946 

 (1,294) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

1,103 

1,103 

  $ 

  $ 

2,318 

3,421 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

(3,692) 

  $ 

- 

  $ 

Cumulative Gap as a      
   Percentage of Total Assets 

October 31, 2022 

Cumulative Gap 

Cumulative Gap as  
   Percentage of Total Assets 

(8.1)  % 

(2.5)   % 

2.1  % 

2.1  % 

6.6  % 

7.1  % 

-  % 

-  % 

$ 

(1,793) 

  $ 

 (2,041) 

  $ 

(452) 

  $ 

(452) 

  $ 

3,082 

  $ 

3,221 

  $ 

- 

  $ 

(3.7)  % 

(4.3)   % 

(0.9)  % 

(0.9)  %    

6.4  % 

6.7  % 

-  % 

- 

-  % 

(1)  Potential prepayments of fixed rate loans and early redemption of redeemable fixed term deposits have not been estimated. Redemptions of fixed term deposits where depositors have this option are not expected to be 

material. The majority of fixed rate loans, mortgages and leases are either closed or carry prepayment penalties. 

(2)  Accrued interest is excluded in calculating interest sensitive assets and liabilities. 
(3)  Derivative financial instruments are included in this table at the notional amount. 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE EFFECTIVE INTEREST RATES 

The effective, weighted average interest rates for each class of financial asset and liability are shown below: 

October 31, 2023 

Total assets 

Total liabilities 

Floating 
Rate and 
Within 1 
Month 

 1 Month 
to  
3 Months 

3 Months 
to  
1 Year 

      Total 
Within 
1 Year 

1 Year 
to  
5 Years 

More 
than 5 
Years 

7.2  % 

                  4.7  % 

               4.6  % 

                6.1 % 

                  4.7  % 

               5.7  % 

4.5 

        4.5  

         3.9  

4.4 

3.8  

4.8 

Total 

5.6       % 

4.2  

Interest Rate Sensitive Gap 

2.7  % 

                 0.2  % 

                0.7  % 

                1.7 % 

                  0.9  % 

                0.9  %                    1.4  % 

October 31, 2022 

Total assets 

Total liabilities 

6.0  % 

                  3.3  % 

               3.5  % 

                5.2 % 

                  3.5  % 

               2.9  % 

     4.5  % 

3.3 

        3.1  

         2.6  

3.2 

3.0  

2.1 

3.1  

Interest Rate Sensitive Gap 

2.7  % 

                 0.2  % 

                0.9  % 

                2.0 % 

                  0.5  % 

                0.8  %                    1.4  % 

100    |   CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23. INTEREST INCOME 

The composition of our interest income follows: 

Loans measured at amortized cost(1)(2) 
Securities 

Debt securities measured at FVOCI(1) 
Securities purchased under resale agreements measured at amortized cost(1) 

Deposits with financial institutions measured at FVOCI(1) 

Total 

(1) 
(2) 

Interest income is calculated using the effective interest method.  
Includes finance income earned, net of related fees, on leases of $200,793 for the year ended October 31, 2023 (2022 – $197,081). 

24. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 
A) FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES BY MEASUREMENT BASIS  

2023  

2022 

$ 

2,281,621 

$ 

  1,523,026 

61,520 
11,386 
10,945 

35,079 
1,964   
1,836 

$ 

   2,365,472 

$ 

  1,561,905 

The fair value of a financial instrument on initial recognition is normally the transaction price (i.e. the value of the consideration given or received). Subsequent to initial 
recognition, financial instruments measured at fair value that are quoted in active markets are based on bid prices for financial assets and offer prices for financial liabilities. 
For  certain  securities  and  derivative  financial  instruments  where  an  active  market  does  not  exist,  fair  values  are  determined  using  valuation  techniques  that  refer  to 
observable market data, including discounted cash flow analysis, option pricing models and other valuation techniques commonly used by market participants, and non-
market observable inputs. 

Several of our significant financial instruments, such as loans and deposits, lack an available trading market as they are not typically exchanged. Therefore, these instruments 
have been valued assuming they will not be sold, using present value or other suitable techniques and are not necessarily representative of the amounts realizable in an 
immediate settlement of the instrument. 

Changes in interest rates are the main cause of changes in the fair value of our financial instruments. The carrying value of loans, deposits, subordinated debentures and 
debt related to securitization activities are not adjusted to reflect increases or decreases in fair value due to interest rate changes as our intention is to realize their value 
over time by holding them to maturity. 

CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |   101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table provides the carrying amount of financial instruments by category as defined in IFRS 9 and by balance sheet heading. The table sets out the fair values 
of financial instruments (including derivatives) using the valuation methods and assumptions referred to below the table. The table does not include assets and liabilities 
that are not considered financial instruments. The table also excludes assets and liabilities which are considered financial instruments, but are not recorded at fair value and 
for which the carrying amount approximates fair value. 

Derivatives 

Amortized 
Cost 

FVOCI 

FVTPL 

Total 
Carrying  
Amount 

Fair Value 

       Fair Value 
Under Carrying  
          Amount 

October 31, 2023 

Financial Assets  

   -   $ 

66,524  $ 

149,285   $ 

-  $ 

215,809  $ 

  215,809  $ 

     -  

  -  

3,893,905 

14,901 

3,908,806 

  3,908,806 

-  

    -  

- 

134,662 

  -  

37,252,238  

109,290 

  -  

134,662 

134,662 

-  

-  

  37,252,238  

36,877,469      

(374,769)  

109,290   

109,290 

 -  

109,290  $ 

37,453,424   $ 

4,043,190  $ 

14,901  $  41,620,805   $ 

41,246,036   $ 

(374,769)   

(Note 3)  $ 

(Note 4) 

Cash resources 
Securities(2) 
Securities purchased under   
   resale agreements 
Loans(3) 
Derivatives 

Total Financial Assets 

Financial Liabilities 

Deposits(3) 
Debt 

Derivatives 

$ 

$ 

Total Financial Liabilities 

$ 

198,596  $ 

   37,194,697  $ 

   -   $ 

33,355,538  $ 

 -  

3,839,159 

   198,596 

  -  

  -  

-  

   -  

-  

  $     33,355,538  $ 

32,963,151  $ 

3,839,159 

  3,817,442 

198,596 

  198,596 

(392,387) 

(21,717) 

-  

$  37,393,293  $       36,979,189  $ 

      (414,104) 

October 31, 2022 

Amortized 
Cost 

Derivatives 

FVOCI 

FVTPL 

 Total 
Carrying  
Amount 

Fair Value 

       Fair Value 
Under Carrying  
        Amount 

(Note 3)  $ 

(Note 4) 

$ 

$ 

Financial Assets  

Cash resources 
Securities(2) 
Loans(3) 
Derivatives 

Total Financial Assets 

Financial Liabilities 

Deposits(3) 

Securities sold under 

    repurchase agreements 

Debt 

Derivatives 

   -   $ 

  89,146   $ 

 26,833   $                          -  $ 

115,979   $ 

 115,979   $ 

  -  

 4,518,795  

4,518,795 

 4,518,795  

-  

    -  

- 

- 

 35,938,139  

 35,478,626  

  (459,513) 

 110,521  

 110,521  

 -  

- 

- 

- 

     -  

  -  

35,938,139 

110,521 

  -  

110,521  $ 

36,027,285  $ 

4,545,628  $                          -  $     40,683,434  $ 

40,223,921  $ 

  (459,513) 

   -   $ 

 33,034,978  $ 

  -   $                          -  $ 

  33,034,978  $ 

   32,414,786  $ 

     (620,192) 

- 

 -  

247,354 

  3,461,899 

156,081 

  -  

- 

-  

   -  

- 

- 

- 

247,354 

247,354 

- 

 3,461,899  

 3,417,350  

    (44,549) 

 156,081  

 156,081  

-  

Total Financial Liabilities 

$ 

156,081  $ 

36,744,231  $ 

-   $                          -  $  36,900,312  $ 

    36,235,571  $ 

         (664,741) 

(1)  For further information on interest rates associated with financial assets and liabilities, including derivative instruments, refer to Note 22. 
(2)  Securities are comprised of $3,893,905 (2022 - $4,508,490) measured at FVOCI and $nil (2022 - $10,305) designated at FVOCI. 
(3)  Loans and deposits exclude deferred premiums, deferred revenue and allowance for credit losses, which are not financial instruments. 

The methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair values of financial instruments are as follows: 

•  Interest bearing deposits with financial institutions and securities are reported on the consolidated balance sheets at the fair value disclosed in Notes 3 and 4. Remaining 
cash resources and securities purchased under resale agreements are reported at amortized cost, which is equal to fair value, on the consolidated balance sheets. These 
values are based on quoted market prices, if available. Where a quoted market price is not readily available, other valuation techniques are based on observable market 
rates used to estimate fair value. 

•  Fair value of loans reflect changes in the general level of interest rates that have occurred since the loans were originated and exclude the allowance for credit losses. 

Fair value is estimated by discounting the expected future cash flows of these loans at current market rates for loans with similar terms and risks. 

•  With the exception of derivative financial instruments and contingent consideration, financial instruments included within other assets and other liabilities reported on 

the consolidated balance sheets have carrying values that closely approximate fair value. 

•  For derivative financial instruments where an active market does not exist, fair values are determined using valuation techniques that refer to observable market data, 

including discounted cash flow analysis, option pricing models and other valuation techniques commonly used by market participants. 

•  The estimated fair values of deposits are determined by discounting the contractual cash flows at current market rates for deposits of similar terms. 
•  The fair values of debt are determined by reference to current market prices for debt with similar terms and risks. 

Fair values are based on our best estimates based on market conditions and pricing policies at a certain point in time. The estimates are subjective and involve particular 
assumptions and matters of judgment and, as such, may not be reflective of future fair values. 

102    |   CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
         
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
         
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value Hierarchy 

We categorize our fair value measurements of financial instruments according to a three-level hierarchy. Level 1 fair value measurements reflect unadjusted quoted prices 
in active markets for identical assets and liabilities that we can access at the measurement date. Level 2 fair value measurements are estimated using observable inputs, 
including quoted market prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets, and model inputs 
that are either observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 fair value measurements are 
determined using one or more inputs that are unobservable and significant to the fair value of the asset or liability. Unobservable inputs are used to measure fair value to 
the extent that observable inputs are not available at the measurement date. 

As at October 31, 2023 

Financial Assets 

Cash resources 
Securities 
Securities purchased under resale agreements 
Loans 
Derivatives 

Total Financial Assets 

Financial Liabilities 

Deposits 
Debt 
Derivatives 

Total Financial Liabilities 

As at October 31, 2022 

Financial Assets 

Cash resources 
Securities 
Loans 
Derivatives 

Total Financial Assets 

Financial Liabilities 

Deposits 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 
Debt 
Derivatives 

Total Financial Liabilities 

Fair Value 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

215,809  $ 

  3,908,806 
134,662 
36,877,469  
 109,290 

 121,453  $ 
 545,888 

- 
- 

94,356  $ 

3,362,918 
134,662 
- 
109,290 

41,246,036   $ 

667,341  $ 

3,701,226  $ 

32,963,151  $ 
3,817,442 
 198,596 

 36,979,189  $ 

-  $ 
- 
- 

-  $ 

 32,963,151  $ 
 3,817,442 
 198,596 

36,979,189  $ 

- 
- 

36,877,469  
- 

36,877,469  

- 
- 
- 

- 

Fair Value 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Valuation Technique 

 115,979   $ 

 115,979   $ 

-  $ 

 4,518,795  
35,478,626 
 110,521 

 1,003,840  
- 
- 

3,514,955 
- 
110,521 

40,223,921  $ 

1,119,819  $ 

3,625,476  $ 

- 
- 
35,478,626 
- 

35,478,626 

 32,414,786   $ 
 247,354  
 3,417,350  
 156,081  

36,235,571  $ 

-  $ 
- 
- 
- 

-  $ 

 32,414,786   $ 
 247,354  
 3,417,350  
 156,081  

36,235,571  $ 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Financial instruments that are not carried on the balance sheet at fair value, but where fair values are disclosed above, include securities purchased under resale agreements, 
loans, deposits, securities sold under repurchase agreements and debt. 

CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |   103 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS - OFFSETTING 

The following table provides a summary of financial assets and liabilities which are subject to enforceable master netting agreements and similar arrangements, as well as 
financial collateral received and pledged to mitigate credit exposures related to these financial instruments. The agreements do not meet the netting criteria required by 
IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation as the right to offset is only enforceable in the event of default or occurrence of other predetermined events. 

Amounts not Offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheet 

Gross Amounts 
Reported on the 
Consolidated 
 Balance Sheet 

Impact of  
Master Netting 
Agreements 

Cash 
Collateral(1) 

Securities  
Received as    

Collateral(1)(2) 

       109,290 

$ 

  98,179 

$ 

8,170 

$ 

    198,596  

$ 

  98,179 

$ 

99,423  

$ 

- 

- 

$ 

$ 

Net Amount 

  2,941 

  994 

Amounts not Offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheet 

Gross Amounts 
Reported on the 
Consolidated 
 Balance Sheet 

Impact of  
Master Netting 
Agreements 

Cash   
Collateral(1) 

Securities  
Received as 
Collateral(1)(2) 

Net Amount 

       110,521 

$ 

  82,923 

$ 

21,309 

$ 

6,289 

$ 

  - 

    156,081  

$ 

  82,923 

$ 

71,822  

$ 

- 

$ 

  1,336 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

As at October 31, 2023 

Financial Assets 

Derivatives 

Financial Liabilities 

Derivatives 

As at October 31, 2022 

Financial Assets 

Derivatives 

Financial Liabilities 

Derivatives 

(1)  Financial collateral is reflected at fair value. The amount of financial instruments and cash collateral disclosed is limited to the net balance sheet exposure, and any over-collateralization is excluded from the table.  
(2)  Collateral received in the form of securities is not recognized on the consolidated balance sheets. 

26. RISK MANAGEMENT 

As part of our risk management practices, the risks that are significant to the business are identified, monitored and controlled. The nature of these risks and how they are 
managed is provided in the Risk Management section of the MD&A. 

As permitted by the IASB, certain aspects of the risk management disclosure related to risks inherent with financial instruments is included in the MD&A. The relevant MD&A 
sections are identified by shading within boxes and the content forms an integral part of these audited consolidated financial statements. 

Information on specific measures of risk, including the allowance for credit losses, derivative financial instruments, interest rate sensitivity, fair value of financial instruments 
and liability for unpaid claims are included elsewhere in these notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

A)  MANAGING INTEREST RATE BENCHMARK REFORM AND ASSOCIATED RISKS 

Various interest rates and other indices that are deemed to be benchmarks, including the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) and the Canadian Dollar Offered Rate 
(CDOR), have been the subject of international regulatory guidance and proposals for reform (referred to as IBOR reform). Regulators in various jurisdictions have advocated 
for the transition from Interbank Offered Rates (IBORs) to alternative benchmark rates, based upon risk-free rates informed by actual market transactions. As previously 
announced by various regulators, on June 30, 2023, the publication of USD LIBOR was discontinued.  The alternative reference rate for USD LIBOR is the Secured Overnight 
Financing Rate (SOFR). 

In  December  2021,  the Canadian  Alternative  Reference  Rate  working  group  (CARR)  recommended  to  CDOR’s  administrator,  Refinitiv  Benchmark  Services  (UK)  Limited 
(Refinitiv), that Refinitiv should cease calculation and publication of CDOR. On May 16, 2022, the CDOR administrator announced the cessation of CDOR by June 28, 2024 
with a two-stage plan for the adoption of Canadian Overnight Repo Rate Average (CORRA) as the replacement benchmark rate.  In the first stage, all new derivative contracts 
and securities would transition to alternative rates by June 30, 2023, with no new CDOR exposure being booked after that date, with limited permitted exceptions. In the 
second stage, all other financial instruments must be transitioned to alternative benchmark rates by June 28, 2024.  In July 2023, CARR announced that no new CDOR or 
bankers’ acceptance (BA) loans are to be originated after November 1, 2023, and OSFI supported this ‘no new CDOR or BA’ milestone in October 2023. On September 5, 
2023, one-month and two-month Term CORRA were launched. 

In response to interest rate benchmark reform, the IASB issued two phases of amendments to accounting standards. On November 1, 2020, we adopted Phase 1 amendments 
to hedge accounting requirements in IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (IFRS 9), IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement (IAS 39), IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: 
Disclosures (IFRS 7) and IFRS 16 Leases (IFRS 16). These amendments apply until IBOR-based cash flows transition to new risk-free rates or when the applicable hedging 
relationships are discontinued. On November 1, 2021, we adopted Phase 2 amendments to the same standards noted above, which focus on accounting and disclosure 
matters that will arise once an existing benchmark is replaced with an alternative benchmark rate. Phase 2 amendments provide practical expedients if contract modifications 
result directly from IBOR reform and occur on an economic equivalent basis. In these cases, changes to the interest rate of the financial assets or liabilities that are required 
by IBOR reform may be accounted for by updating the effective interest rate prospectively, to reflect the change in the interest rate benchmark rather than being recognized 
as an immediate gain or loss. Any other changes to the basis for determining contractual cash flows are determined in accordance with our existing accounting policies for 
loan modifications as described in Note 2 of these audited consolidated financial statements. Phase 2 amendments also allow for a temporary relief from hedge accounting 
requirements under IAS 39. Changes in existing hedge relationships that are a direct result of IBOR reform may be reflected in the hedge documentation without the need 

104    |   CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
to discontinue the hedging relationship. For aspects of hedge accounting not covered by the amendments and hedges that are not directly impacted by IBOR reform, the 
accounting policies as described in Note 10 of these audited consolidated financial statements continue to apply.  

As IBORs are widely referenced, the transition presents a number of risks to us and the industry as a whole. These risks, such as increased volatility, lack of liquidity and 
uneven fallback practices, may impact market participants. In addition to these inherent risks, we are exposed to operational risk arising from the renegotiation of contracts 
and readiness to issue and trade products referencing alternative reference rates. 

Our cross functional IBOR Reform working group continues to coordinate an orderly transition to alternative reference rates. Prior to June 30, 2023, we completed the 
transition of our USD LIBOR referenced contracts by incorporating appropriate fallback language or by replacing the referenced rates with the Secured Overnight Financing 
Rate (SOFR), with appropriate spread adjustments. At October 31, 2022, prior to our transition away from USD LIBOR, there were $295,527 of loans with maturity dates 
after June 30, 2023 which referenced USD LIBOR, and less than $1 million of undrawn loan commitments that could potentially have been drawn in USD LIBOR. 

In 2023, our IBOR Reform working group has been preparing for CDOR cessation by transitioning legacy CDOR-based contracts to CORRA or alternative rates, incorporating 
appropriate contract fallback language, and introducing products referencing CORRA or other alternative rates.  We have ceased the issuance of new loans referencing 
CDOR or BA rates to meet the November 1, 2023 ‘no new CDOR or BA’ milestone. The working group has also been preparing systems, processes and communications to 
ensure overall operational readiness. The working group monitors recommendations from industry groups and regulatory bodies, and engages with industry associations 
and counterparties regarding transition of CDOR to CORRA as we update our transition plans. The working group provides periodic updates to senior management and the 
Asset and Liability Committee and quarterly to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors regarding the status of transition plans for migrating our CDOR products and 
upgrading systems and processes.  

The following table presents the gross outstanding balances of our non-derivative financial assets and liabilities, and notional amounts of our derivatives that are indexed 
to CDOR as at October 31, 2023 and 2022, which were due to mature after the announced cessation date. In the normal course of business, our exposures may continue to 
fluctuate until full transition away from CDOR. 

Non-derivative Financial Assets 

Securities 

Loans (2) 

Non-derivative Financial Liabilities 

Deposits - business and government 

Debt - subordinated debentures 

Derivative Financial Instruments(3) 

Notional/gross outstanding amounts referencing CDOR (1) 
Maturing after June 28, 2024 

October 31, 2023   

October 31, 2022 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

-  

$ 

2,405,557 

2,405,557 

$ 

-  

$ 

125,000 

125,000  

$ 

-  

1,254,038 

1,254,038 

-  

125,000 

125,000  

        2,030,097 

$ 

        2,127,716 

(1)  While the six-month and 12-month tenors of CDOR were discontinued on May 17, 2021, we did not hold significant positions referencing these tenors at October 31, 2023 and October 31, 2022.  
(2)  Excludes undrawn loan commitments. As at October 31, 2023, the total outstanding undrawn loan commitments that can potentially be drawn in CDOR beyond the announced cessation date of June 28, 2024 is $66 million 

(October 31, 2022 – $49 million). 

(3)  Derivative financial instruments are comprised of interest rate swaps referencing CDOR that we use to manage interest rate risk. As at October 31, 2023 and October 31, 2022, all of these instruments were designated in hedge 

relationships. 

27. CAPITAL MANAGEMENT 

Capital funds are managed in accordance with policies and plans that are regularly reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors and take into account forecast capital 
needs with consideration of anticipated profitability, asset growth, market and economic conditions, regulatory changes, and common and preferred share dividends. The 
goal is to maintain adequate regulatory capital to be considered well-capitalized and protect customer deposits, while providing a satisfactory return for shareholders. 

We have a share incentive plan that is provided to officers and employees who are in a position to impact our longer-term financial success as measured by share price 
appreciation and dividend yield. Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements details the number of shares under options outstanding, the weighted average exercise 
price and the amounts exercisable at year end. 

Regulatory capital and capital ratios are calculated in accordance with the requirements of OSFI. Capital is managed and reported in accordance with the requirements of 
the Basel III Capital Adequacy Accord (Basel III) using the  Standardized approach. OSFI requires banks to measure capital adequacy in accordance with instructions for 
determining risk-adjusted capital and risk-weighted assets, including off-balance sheet commitments. Based on the deemed credit risk of each type of asset, a standardized 
weighting of 0% to 150% is assigned. As an example, a loan that is fully insured by CMHC is applied a risk weighting of 0% as our risk of loss is nil, while uninsured business 
loans are assigned a risk weighting of 100% to reflect the higher level of risk associated with this type of asset. The ratio of regulatory capital to risk-weighted assets is 
calculated  and  compared  to  OSFI’s standards  for Canadian  financial  institutions. Off-balance sheet  assets,  such  as  the  notional  amount  of  derivatives  and  some credit 
commitments, are included in the calculation of risk-weighted assets and both the credit risk equivalent and the risk-weighted calculations are prescribed by OSFI. The 
results for the year ended October 31, 2023 reflect our adoption of the revised Capital Adequacy Requirements that came into effect on February 1, 2023 as part of OSFI’s 
implementation of the Basel III reforms. 

Our required minimum regulatory capital ratios, including a 250 basis point capital conservation buffer, are 7.0% common equity Tier 1 (CET1), 8.5% Tier 1 and 10.5% Total 
capital. In addition, OSFI requires banks to maintain a minimum leverage ratio of 3.0%. The leverage ratio provides the ratio of Tier 1 capital to on-balance sheet and off-
balance sheet exposures. 

During the year, we complied with all external capital requirements. 

CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |   105 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND REGULATORY CAPITAL RATIOS 

Regulatory Capital, Net of Deductions 

Common equity Tier 1(1) 

Tier 1(1) 

Total 

Capital Ratios 

Common equity Tier 1 

Tier 1 

Total 

Leverage Ratio 

2023 

2022 

$ 

3,157,495  

$ 

 2,861,456  

     3,732,495  

     4,388,046  

     3,436,456  

     3,925,118  

          9.7  % 

          8.8   % 

                11.5  

               13.5  

                 8.5  

                10.6  

               12.1  

                 8.1    

(1) 

In Q2 2020, OSFI introduced transitional arrangements related to the capital treatment of performing loan allowances, resulting in a portion of allowances that would otherwise be included in Tier 2 capital to be included. The 
transitional arrangement concluded at the end of fiscal 2022 and did not impact CET1 and Tier 1 capital (October 31, 2022 – $5,576) and CET1 and Tier 1 ratios after fiscal 2022 (October 31, 2022 – negligible impact). The 
transitional arrangement had no impact on the Total capital ratio.  

28. SUBSIDIARIES 

As at October 31, 2023, we, either directly or indirectly through our subsidiaries, control the following significant subsidiaries: 

Canadian Western Bank Subsidiaries(1)  
(Annexed in accordance with subsection 308 (3) of the Bank Act) 

CWB National Leasing Inc. 

CWB Wealth Management Ltd. 

CWB Wealth Partners Ltd. 

Canadian Western Financial Ltd. 

CWB Maxium Financial Inc. 

Canadian Western Trust Company 

Valiant Trust Company 

(1)  We, either directly or through our subsidiaries, own 100% of the voting shares of each entity. 
(2)  The carrying value of voting shares is stated at the cost of our equity in the subsidiaries in thousands of dollars.  

Address of 
Head Office 

1525 Buffalo Place 
Winnipeg, Manitoba 

Suite 3000, 10303 Jasper Avenue 
Edmonton, Alberta 

801 10th Ave SW 
Calgary, Alberta 

Suite 3000, 10303 Jasper Avenue 
Edmonton, Alberta 

Suite 1, 30 Vogell Road 
Richmond Hill, Ontario 

Suite 3000, 10303 Jasper Avenue 
Edmonton, Alberta 

Suite 3000, 10303 Jasper Avenue 
Edmonton, Alberta 

Carrying Value of 
Voting Shares Owned  

by CWB(2) 

 $  

134,458  

118,660                  

30,812  

                19,136  

12,000  

106    |   CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
page left intentionally blank

CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |    107

Complaints or Concerns regarding 
Accounting, Internal Accounting 
Controls or Auditing Matters 
Please contact either: 

Chief Financial Officer
Canadian Western Bank
CFO@cwbank.com

or

Chair of the Audit Committee
Canadian Western Bank
Audit.Committee@cwb.com

Corporate Secretary

Monique Petrin Nicholson
Senior Vice President, 
General Counsel and 
Corporate Secretary
corporatesecretary@cwbank.com

Shareholder Information

CWB Financial Group Corporate 
Headquarters
Suite 3000, 10303 Jasper Avenue NW 
Canadian Western Bank Place 
Edmonton, AB T5J 3X6 
Telephone: (780) 423-8888
Fax: (780) 423-8897 
cwb.com

2024 Annual Meeting
The annual meeting of the common 
shareholders of Canadian Western Bank will 
be held on April 4, 2024, at 1:00 p.m. MT 
(3:00 p.m. ET).

Transfer Agent and Registrar
Computershare Trust Company of Canada
100 University Avenue, 8th Floor 
Toronto, ON M5J 2Y1 
Telephone: (416) 263-9200 
Toll-free: 1-800-564-6253 
Fax: (888) 453-0330
computershare.com  

Stock Exchange Listings
The Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX) 
Common Shares: CWB 
Series 5 Preferred Shares: CWB.PR.B 
Series 9 Preferred Shares: CWB.PR.D

Eligible Dividend Designation 
CWB designates all common and preferred 
share dividends paid to Canadian residents 
as “eligible dividends”, as defined in the 
Income Tax Act (Canada), unless otherwise 
noted.

Shareholdings and Dividends Contact 
Information regarding your shareholdings 
and dividends, including changes to share 
registrations or addresses, lost share 
certificates, tax forms or estate transfers, 
and may be obtained by contacting the 
transfer agent.

Direct Deposit Services
Shareholders may choose to have cash 
dividends paid on CWB common and 
preferred shares deposited directly into 
accounts held at their financial institution. 
To arrange direct deposit service, please 
contact the Transfer Agent and Registrar. 

Dividend Reinvestment Plan 
CWB’s dividend reinvestment plan allows 
common and preferred shareholders to 
purchase additional common shares by 
reinvesting their cash dividend without 
incurring brokerage and commission fees.  

For information about participation in the 
plan, please contact the Transfer Agent and 
Registrar. 

Duplicated Communications
If you receive, but do not require, more than 
one mailing for the same ownership, please 
contact the Transfer Agent and Registrar to 
combine the accounts. 

Investor Relations Contact
For financial information inquiries, please 
contact: 

Investor Relations 
CWB Financial Group  
Suite 3000, 10303 Jasper Avenue NW 
Canadian Western Bank Place 
Edmonton, AB T5J 3X6 
Telephone: (800) 836-1886
investorrelations@cwbank.com 

This 2023 Annual Report, along with our 
Annual Information Form, Notice of Annual 
Meeting of Shareholders and Management 
Proxy Circular, is available on our website, 
or will be available in due course. For 
additional printed copies of these reports, 
please contact the Investor Relations 
Department.

Filings are also available on the Canadian 
Securities Administrators’ website at 
sedar.com

Further information regarding the Bank’s 
listed securities is available on our website 
www.cwb.com/investor-relations

Resolving concerns
We are proud of our reputation and 
encourage you to tell us if you think we 
have been unsuccessful in dealing with 
you properly and fairly in any aspect of our 
business. Please see our website for steps to 
resolve your complaint. 
www.cwb.com/about-us/resolving-your-
concerns 

108    |    CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report

Five Year Financial Summary (1)

($ thousands, except per share amounts)

Results of Operations

Net interest income

Non-interest income 

Total revenue
Pre-tax, pre-provision income(1)

Common shareholders’ net income

Common Share Information

Earnings per share

Basic

Diluted
Adjusted(1)

Cash dividends
Book value(1)

Market price

High

Low

Close

Common shares outstanding (thousands)

Performance Measures(1)
Return on common shareholders’ equity

Adjusted return on common shareholders’ equity

Return on assets

Net interest margin

Efficiency ratio

Credit Quality(1)
Provision for credit losses on total loans as 

a percentage of average loans(2)

Provision for credit losses on impaired loans 

as a percentage of average loans(2)

Balance Sheet

Assets
Loans(3)

Deposits

Debt

Shareholders’ equity

Off-Balance Sheet

Wealth Management

Assets under management and administration
Assets under advisement(4)

Assets under administration - other

Capital Adequacy(5)
Common equity Tier 1 ratio

Tier 1 ratio

Total ratio

Other

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019(6)

$         981,277  

$         939,976  

$         892,363 

 $         799,411 

 $          785,584 

131,297

1,112,574

527,529

324,316

136,311

1,076,287

521,903

310,302

123,670

1,016,033

517,149

327,471

3.38

3.38

3.58

1.30

35.79

29.39

22.72

27.48

96,434

3.39

3.39

3.62

1.22

33.48

41.56

21.21

23.70

94,326

3.74

3.73

3.81

1.16

33.10

40.21

24.37

39.59

89,390

97,984

897,395

469,318

248,956

2.86

2.86

2.93

1.15

31.76

36.61

15.70

24.50

87,100

76,020

861,604

461,130

266,940

3.05

3.04

3.15

1.08

29.29

33.89

24.33

33.35

87,250

 9.8  % 

 10.1  %

 11.6  %

 9.3  % 

 10.9  % 

10.4

0.77

2.34

52.6

 0.07 

 0.04 

10.8 

 0.79 

 2.41 

 51.5 

 0.14  

  0.10  

 11.8 

 0.92 

 2.49 

 49.1 

 0.09 

 0.17 

 9.5 

 0.76 

 2.45 

 47.7 

 0.32 

 0.18 

 11.3 

 0.88 

 2.60 

 46.5 

 0.21 

 0.21 

 $    42,320,103

 $    41,427,552  

 $    37,323,176 

 $    33,937,865 

 $    31,424,235 

37,209,850

33,328,449

3,839,159

4,026,667

7,925,785

2,197,397

15,370,989

35,905,622

33,010,462

3,457,893

3,732,976

32,759,522

29,975,739

3,015,065

3,533,885

30,008,393

27,310,354

2,424,323

3,331,538

28,365,893

25,351,361

2,412,293

2,945,810

7,825,003

1,824,961

8,687,136

2,067,069

6,577,513

1,877,000

 2,461,469 

 - 

13,943,199

14,031,042

11,081,581

 8,936,845 

 9.7  % 

11.5

13.5

 8.8  %

 10.6 

 12.1 

 8.8  %

 10.8 

 12.4 

 8.8  % 

 9.1  % 

 10.9 

 12.6 

 10.7 

 12.8 

Number of full-time equivalent staff

2,505 

  2,712  

 2,617 

 2,505 

 2,278 

(1)  Non-GAAP measure – refer to definitions and detail provided on page 16.
(2)  Includes provisions for credit losses on loans, committed but undrawn credit exposures and letters of credit.
(3)  Net of allowance for credit losses.
(4) 
(5) 
(6)  Results for periods beginning on or after November 1, 2019 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS 16 Leases. Prior year comparatives have been prepared in accordance with IAS 17 Leases and have not been restated.

 Primarily comprised of assets under advisement related to our Indigenous Services wealth management business.
 Calculated using the Standardized approach in accordance with guidelines issued by the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada (OSFI). 

CWB Financial Group 2023 Annual Report    |    109